You are on page 1of 323

REPUBLIC OF CAMEROON FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT

RÉPUBLIQUE DU CAMEROUN FACULTÉ DES SCIENCES ÉCONOMIQUES ET DE GESTION


Paix – Travail – Patrie
The Dean's Office
UNIVERSITY OF DSCHANG Décanat
UNIVERSITÉ DE DSCHANG
Scholae Thesaurus Dschangensis Ibi Cordum P.O Box …, Dschang (Cameroon)
Phone/Fax (237) …
P.O. Box 96, Dschang (Cameroon) – Phone/Fax: (237) 233 45 13 E-mail: faculte.scienceseconomiques@univ-dschang.org
81 Website: http://www.univ-dschang.org.
E-mail: udsrectorat@univ-dschang.org

PROFESSIONAL BACHELOR‟S DEGREES

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND


MANAGEMENT

Official Curriculum

NEW CURRICULA
The Faculty of Economics and Management Sciences of the University of Dschang has
been responsible for academically supervising Private Institutions of Higher Education
(IPES) since the 2005-2006 academic year following the cooperation established between
the University of Dschang and these IPES. This cooperation falls in line with the Law of
2001 on the orientation Higher Education in Cameroon. The academic supervision
granted by the FSEG to the IPES lays great emphasis on the quality assurance
advocated by the Ministry of Higher Education (MINESUP). As such, curricula are
regularly reviewed or redesigned to meet the needs of the professional world.
In order to adapt the Professional Bachelor's degree curricula to the new curricula of
the Brevet de Technicien Supérieur (BTS) cycle, which were introduced during the
2016-2017 academic year, and to guarantee consistent training for learners, the FSEG
organised a number of workshops to revise the curricula in the various Professional
Bachelor's degree course programmes. Six workshops were organised with the IPES. As
such, the Higher Institute of Management (ISMA) hosted the workshop for specialities
of the Transport and Logistics course programme on 28 March 2019. The Higher
Institute of Business and Management Studies (ISECMA) welcomed experts for the
complementary course components on 1 March 2019. The Institut Universitaire de
l‟Estuaire [University and Strategic Institute of the Estuary] (IUE) organised a
workshop for the Marketing and Organisation specialties on 2 April 2019. The Institut
Supérieur de Gestion [Higher Institute of Management] (ISG) hosted a workshop for
specialties of the Finance and Accounting course programme on 4 April 2019. After
these first four workshops to revise the various curricula, two workshops to review the
findings were organised by the University Institute of the Gulf of Guinea (IUG) on 18
April 2019 and the Institut Universitaire de la Côte (IUC) on 2 May 2019, respectively.
These different workshops were conducted by professionals, teachers from IPES and the
FSEG. The curricula from all these workshops were subject to an evaluation workshop
held in Dschang on 13 June 2019 under the supervision of the Dean of the Faculty of
Economics and Management Sciences. These training curricula thus evaluated were
reviewed by the Finance and Accounting, Marketing and Organisation Departments of
the FSEG. Upon validation of these curricula by the senate, the curricula were expected
to be introduced in the IPES with effect from the 2019-2020 academic year. They will be
gradually adjusted to reflect the changes observed in the social and professional milieu.

i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. TRANSPORT AND LOGISTICS COURSE PROGRAMME ............................. 1

I.1. SPECIALTY CUSTOMS AND TRANSIT ...................................................................... 1


I.2. SPECIALITY: LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORT ............................................ 20

I.3. SPECIALITY: MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE OPERATIONS ............. 44


I.4. SPECIALITY: QUALITY MANAGEMENT ................................................................. 64
II. MARKETING COURSE PROGRAMME.......................................................... 80

II. 1. SPECIALISATION: MARKETING COMMUNICATION............................................ 80


II.2. SPECIALITY: MARKETING TRADE SALE .............................................................. 101
II.3. SPECIALITY: OPERATIONAL MARKETING MANAGER ........................................ 117
II.4. SPECIALITY: COMMUNICATION, OPTION: ADVERTISING ................................. 134
II.5. SPECIALITY: COMMUNICATION, OPTION: COMMUNICATION IN ORGANISATIONS .. 147
III. HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT COURSE PROGRAMME ....... 166

III.1. SPECIALITY: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT .......................................... 166


III.2. SPECIALTY ADMINISTRATIVE SCIENCE AND TECHNICS ................................... 184
Job opportunities ........................................................................................................... 184
Admission .................................................................................................................. 184
Organisation ................................................................................................................ 184
COURSE CONTENT ......................................................................................... 185
Semester 5 Bachelors in administrative Science and Techniques ........................... 185
Semester 6: Bachelors in administrative Science and Techniques .......................... 186
COURSE CONTENT ......................................................................................... 187
COURSE CONTENT ......................................................................................... 200
IV.BANKING AND INSURANCE ......................................................................... 207

IV.1. SPECIALITY: Banking and Insurance ................................................................ 207


IV.2. SPECIALITY: BANKING AND FINANCE Specialty: CUSTOMER MANAGEMENT
ADVISORY ................................................................................................................ 233
IV.3. INSURANCE SPECIALTY .................................................................................... 252
V. FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING OPTION ...................................................... 277

V.1. SPECIALITY: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING ..................................................... 277


V.2. SPECIALITY: ACCOUNTING, CONTROL AND AUDITING .................................... 298
Report writing methodology and professional internship .................................. 301

ii
I. TRANSPORT AND LOGISTICS COURSE
PROGRAMME

I.1. SPECIALTY CUSTOMS AND TRANSIT


Objectives:

By the end of the training, the graduate specialised in Customs and Transit will be able to
organise and manage the customs clearance process for import and export of goods. Thus,
they will have to master:
 The institutional framework of the customs administration;
 The actors involved in the customs clearance operations chain ;
 The harmonised system for classifying goods;
 General principles of customs
 Procedures for customs clearance of goods;
 Transit billing;
 Management of customs litigations.
Job opportunities
This bachelor’s degree programme in CUSTOMS AND TRANSIT covers the following
professions:
 Customs broker
 Forwarding agent
 Import/export assistant
Admission
The training is intended for students who have validated a level two (BTS, DUT, DEUG) or
any equivalent degree and recognised by the MINESUP.
Organisation
This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses:
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training consists of 900 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical work.

1
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor‟s degree (LP3) – Customs and Transit
Semester 5
EC workload Nber of
Course code Course title CE Code CE Title
L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPDOT511 Customs regulatory and institutional framework 20 5 - 5 30 2
Institutional and
LPDOT 51 Management of the chain of customs clearance
Economic LPDOT512 30 10 5 - 45 3
7 Credits operations
Environment
LPDOT513 Marketing of customs and transit services 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPDOT 52 Elements of LPDOT 521: International Transportation 20 5 - 5 30 2
5 Credits international logistics LPDOT 522 International operations management 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPDOT 531 Customs Taxes in Cameroon 20 5 - 5 30 2
Customs duties and customs and transit billing system
LPDOT 53 Customs Duties and LPDOT 532 30 10 5 - 45 3
in Cameroon
8 Credits Taxes
General framework and practical aspects in the
LPDOT533 30 10 5 - 45 3
management of customs litigation
Fundamental courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPDOT 541 Data analysis 20 5 5 30 2
LPDOT 54 Business environment LPDOT 542 International transport law 20 5 5 30 2
6 Credits 1 LPDOT 543 National and international business economic
20 5 5 30 2
environment
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
Business English syllabus for the commercial and
LPDOT 55 LPDOT 551 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal subjects 1 technical bachelor degree programs
4 Credits
LPDOT 552 Business creation 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 80 0 70 450 30
Key: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

2
SEMESTER 6
Course Course workload Nber of
Course title CE Code CE Title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
Management of export customs clearance in
LPDOT611 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPDOT Organisation of Cameroon
61 (6 international Management of import customs clearance in
LPDOT612 20 5 5 - 30 2
credits) trade operations Cameroon
LPDOT 613 Geopolitics and global economy 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPDOT LPDOT 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
62 (14 Professional
credits) practice Report writing methodology and professional
LPDOT622 30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPDOT 631 Human resources management 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPDOT
Business Data processing applied to international trade
63 LPDOT 632 20 5 - 5 30 2
environment 2 operations
6 credits
LP DOT 633 Business ethics and enterprise governance 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPDOT LPDOT 641 French expression and communication 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal
64 (4
subjects 2 LPDOT 642 Projects management 20 5 5 30 2
credits)
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

3
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 5
LPDOT 51: INSTITUTIONAL AND ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT (7 Credits)
LPDOT511: CUSTOMS REGULATORY AND INSTITUTIONAL
FRAMEWORK (2 credits)
Objective
By the end of this course, students will be able to master the customs regulatory and
institutional framework.
Content
International customs institutions
1. WCO
2. WTO
3. UNCTAD
4. ETC

Community customs institutions


1. CEMAC
2. COUNCIL OF MINISTERS
3. ETC

National institutions
1. MINFI
2. MINCOMMERCE
3. ANOR
4. MINEPIA
Cameroon Customs Administration
LPDOT 512: MANAGEMENT OF THE CHAIN OF CUSTOMS
CLEARANCE OPERATIONS (3 credits)
Objective
By the end of this course, the learners will be able to master the functioning, the actors
directly or indirectly involved in the chain of customs clearance operations, and to organise
and manage a customs clearance operation. This course is intended to help the learner acquire
the knowledge that will enable them to know all the actors involved in the chain of customs
clearance operations.
Content
Part 1: Actors involved in customs clearance operations
I. PUBLIC ACTORS
- MINFI
- MINCOMMERCE
- MINEPIA
- MINISTRY OF FORESTRY AND WILDLIFE
- ANOR
- NCCB

4
- CNCC
- CCIMA
- GUCE
- BGFT
- ONZFI
- AUTONOMOUS PORT
- ADC
- ETC.
II. PRIVATE ACTORS
- SHIPPERS (EXPORTERS/IMPORTERS)
- SGS
- CDA
- STEVEDORES
- CONSIGNORS
- BANKS
- INSURERS
- ETC.

Part 2: Management of customs transit clearance


Definitions of basic transit notions
Regulatory framework of transit in Cameroon and the CEMAC region
Role of BGFT and the NEXUS ++ Service on transit
Presentation of the CEMAC transit corridors
Management of the procedure for customs clearance of transit goods
- Preliminary formalities for customs clearance
- Customs clearance formalities
- Formalities for removing and installing the GPS tracker
- Formalities for transportation or transit of goods
- Formalities for settling the deposit.
Case studies of customs transit clearance of goods imported by a humanitarian organisation
and a private company.
LPDOT 513: MARKETING OF CUSTOMS AND TRANSIT SERVICES
Objective
This course helps learners understand the need for a marketing strategy for a transit company
in a competitive market, with a view to attracting customers and thus increasing their market
share.
Content
Development of the notion of customs marketing: notions of customs market, segmentation of
the customs market, position in the customs market, customs market analysis, notions of

5
customs and transit products, components of the customs and transit marketing strategy,
specific features of the transit company’s marketing
Marketing of customs and transit services
Management of client portfolio (exporters, importers and others)
Analysis of the customs and transit market in Cameroon and the CEMAC region.
LPDOT 52: ELEMENTS OF INTERNATIONAL LOGISTICS (5 CREDITS)
LPDOT 521: INTERNATIONAL TRANSPORTATION (2 credits)
Objective:
To understand the technical and practical aspects of the international transportation of goods
and their insurance. Basically, the objective is to review the practical arrangements for
maritime, land and air transport to enable learners to interact and work on the activities of
these various types of transport.
Content:
INTRODUCTION
 International logistics framework
 Transport auxiliaries
I. Maritime transport practices
1. Regulations
2. Actors and documentation
3. Equipment used
4. Shipping methods in maritime transport
5. Maritime transport prices (including Liner terms)
6. Shipping services business
II. Air transport practices
1. Regulations
2. Actors and documentation
3. Equipment used
4. Shipping methods in air transport
5. Air transport pricing
III. Land transport practices
1. Regulations
2. Overview of road transport in Cameroon in the CEMAC region
3. Overview of rail transport in Cameroon

LPDOT 522: INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (3


credits)
Objective
The objective is to review the obligations of the supplier and the buyer in international trade
transactions together with the aspects related to insurance in international transport and
international payment methods while taking into account notions such as foreign exchange,
foreign exchange or hedging risk on international markets.

6
I- INCOTERMS
A- General information
- What do Incoterms define?
- What don’t they define?
B- Detailed analysis of Incoterms
C- Criteria for choosing Incoterms
II- TRANSPORT INSURANCE
- Legal framework for transport insurance
- Transportation risk management (common and exceptional risks)
- Rules common to cargo insurance
- Different policies
- Insured value and premium
- Procedures for risk reporting
- Actions to be taken in the event of a disaster
- Relinquishment
- Local insurance (calculation rules)
III- INTERNATIONAL PAYMENTS
- Distinction between payment instruments and payment techniques
-Payment instruments
 Banking instruments (Cash; cheques; transfer)
 Negotiable instrument (Bill of exchange – Promissory note)
-Payment techniques
 Cash on delivery
 Documentary remittance
 Documentary credit
 Stand-by letter of credit
LPDOT 53: CUSTOMS DUTIES AND TAXES (8 CREDITS)
LPDOT 531: CUSTOMS TAXES IN CAMEROON (2 credits)
Objective
By the end of this course, the learners will be able to master customs valuation principles,
the distinction between fiscal and para-fiscal tax incentives, deductible and non-deductible
expenses, the structure of customs duties and taxes.
Content
Definitions of basic concepts (Taxes – Royalties – etc.)
Analysis of cases of exemptions, exclusion, allowance, etc.
Export and import customs value
Customs tax calculation
Structure of customs duties and taxes
Fiscal and para-fiscal tax incentives
Deductible and non-deductible expenses
Processing the VAT on imports
LPDOT 532: CUSTOMS DUTIES AND TRANSIT BILLING SYSTEM IN
CAMEROON (3 credits)
Objective

7
By the end of this course, learners will be able to
- master the principles of customs duties in Cameroon and the CEMAC region,
- master the regulatory base of transit billing and the practical tools for preparing
customs quotations or estimates and generating transit bills.

Part 1: Customs Duties


Content
Definitions of basic concepts
Basic components of customs duties
Export customs duties
Import customs duties
Duties on products covered by EPAs
Special case of taxation in the CEMAC region (Preferential rate)
Part 2: Customs and transit billing system in Cameroon
Content
Definitions of basic concepts
Regulatory base for transit billing
Analysis of the various types of bills
Export billing system
- Billing of disbursement free of customs
- Billing of customs disbursements
- Billing of services or approved customs fees (HAD)

Import billing system


- Billing of disbursement free of customs
- Billing of customs disbursements
- Billing of services or approved customs fees (HAD)

Transit billing system on the hinterland


- Billing of disbursement free of customs
- Billing of customs disbursements
- Billing of customs disbursements

Other specific cases of customs billing,


LPDOT 533: GENERAL FRAMEWORK AND PRACTICAL ASPECTS
IN CUSTOMS LITIGATION (3 credits)
Objective
By the end of this course, learners will be able to:
- master the concept of customs litigation and the various ways of settling customs
litigations,
- The teacher should teach the learners strategies and tools required to properly
handle customs litigations using case studies drawn from practice in the field.
Part 1: Customs litigation
Content

8
Definitions of basic concepts
Regulatory framework of the litigation (Sources of customs legislation)
Customs offence (Basis of the customs litigation)
- The notion of customs offence
- Classification of customs offences
- Assessment of customs offences
Settlement of customs litigations
- Proof of the customs offence
- Responsibility of the defendant
- Ways of settling customs litigations
Specific case of debt recovery and exchange rate litigations
- Debt recovery litigation
- Exchange rate litigation

Part 2: Practical aspects and strategies for managing customs litigation


Content:
Presentation of the various possible causes of customs litigations
Strategies adopted by stakeholders to manage customs litigation:
- Proactive management strategies
- Corrective management strategies
General case studies
Case studies of the settlement of litigation administratively
Case studies of the settlement of litigation by legal proceedings
LPDOT 54: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1 (6 credits)
LPDOT541: DATA ANALYSIS (2 credits)
Objectives: By the end of this course, students will be able to conduct statistical analyses of one-
dimensional and two-dimensional data in an analytical manner using software (Excel, SPSS).
Content:
- Reminders of descriptive statistics: characteristics of main tendency and dispersion, notion of
concentration, graphical representation, etc.
- Inferential statistics: point estimation, confidence interval estimation, determination of sample
size, tests of comparison of means and proportions, CHI SQUARE test, student test, correlation
test, ANOVA and simple regression tests, etc.
- Reminders on statistical data analysis
- Statistical analyses of one-dimensional data (descriptive analysis, explanatory
analysis)
- Statistical analyses of two-dimensional data (highlighting the possible relationship that may exist
between two variables)
I. THEORETICAL NOTIONS
• Introduction to data analysis

9
- Purpose
- Data definition and typology
- Statistical problem related to data collection
- Type of survey question and type of variable in statistics
- Processing questionnaires
• One-dimensional analysis of qualitative variables
- Graphic analysis (organ pipes, circular sectors and band representation)
- Numerical analysis: use the graphical representation or table to determine and interpret the
modality)
• Explanatory analysis of qualitative variables (Chi-square test)
- Hypothesis tests (null and alternative)
- Calculation of the expected value of the value
- From the empirical KHI-square
- Determination of the number of degrees of freedom
- Decision-making (limited to the goodness-of-fit test for the uniform distribution)
• One-dimensional analysis of quantitative variables
- Differential flow chart (bar chart, histogram, interpretation)
- Integral flow chart (cumulative curves, with emphasis on the direction of cumulative
headcount)
• Numerical analysis
- Determination and interpretation of central tendency characteristics (mode, median and mean)
- Determination and interpretation of dispersion characteristics (variance, standard deviation,
coefficient of variation)
- Calculation and interpretation of shape characteristics
- two dimensional analysis of a couple (contingency table and Chi-square independence test)
- Two-dimensional analysis of a pair of quantitative variables
- Scatterplot (graphical or descriptive analysis)
- Linear correlation coefficient determination and interpretation
- Determination and representation of simple regression lines by the least squares method
(discuss the exponential fitting method)

II. A CASE STUDY ON DATA ANALYSIS SOFTWARE (SPSS, EXCEL, etc.)

LP DOT 542: INTERNATIONAL TRANSPORT LAW (2 credits)


Objective:
This course is intended to provide the learner with notions on the international transportation
law by reviewing the international regulations governing the transportation of goods; the
drafting and signing of freight insurance contracts, the obligations of the parties to a freight
contract and the litigation in the event of a disagreement.
INTRODUCTION
- Conceptual approach

10
 Law
 Transport
 Transport law
- Course focus
MODULE 1: INTERNATIONAL LAWS GOVERNING THE CARRIAGE OF GOODS
I. Maritime transportation of goods
 The Convention for the unification of certain rules of law relating to bills of
lading, otherwise known as the 1924 Brussels Convention.
 The United Nations Convention on the carriage of goods by sea, otherwise
known as “the 1978 Hamburg Convention” or “the Hamburg Rules”
II. Land transportation of goods
 Land transportation of goods by road
o Convention on the contract for the international carriage of goods by
road (CMR)
 Land transportation of goods by railway
o Uniform rules concerning the contract of international carriage goods
by Rail (CIM)
o Convention concerning international carriage by rail (COTIF) and its
appendices: CIM Uniform Rules, the CIV Uniform Rules, RICO,
RIEX.
III. Air transport
 Convention for the unification of certain rules for international carriage by air,
otherwise known as the 1929 Warsaw Convention
 The 1999 Montreal Convention
MODULE 2: DRAWING UP OF A CONTRACT FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF
GOODS
I. Purpose of a contract for the transportation of goods
 Movement of goods
 The concept of goods (conventional, containerised)
 Some disclaimers within the scope of some transportation contracts
II. Parties to a contract for the transportation of goods
 The owners
o Goods owners and their various names (the shipper or loader or
initiator)

11
o Owner of the transport equipment and their various names (the
transporter, company, carrier)
o Goods recipient (the consignee, claimant)
 Characteristics of transportation contract
o Tripartite contract (two contracting parties and one adhering party)
o Synallagmatic contract
o Business contract
o Onerous contract
III. Basic principles of transportation contract
 The principle of contract validation: consensualism (ad validitadem)
 Principle of proof of the evidence contract: issuance of a legal document (ad
probationem)
MODULE 3: LIABILITY OF THE PARTIES TO A TRANSPORTATION
CONTRACT
I. Obligations of the parties
 Obligations of the loader (shipper)
 Obligations of the transporter
II. Liability of the parties
 Liability of the loader
 Liability of the transporter
o Causes of transporter liability
o Exemptions of transporter from liability
o Suppression of limitation of the transporter liability
o The rate of compensation for transporter liability
MODULE 3: LITIGATION
I. Definition of litigation
II. Parties to a litigation
 The claimant (claiming party)
 The defendant (defending party)
III. Jurisdictional competence
 Jurisdiction ratione loci
 Jurisdiction ratione materiae
IV. Time limitation for proceedings

12
LP DOT 543: INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL ECONOMIC
ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY (2credits)
Objectives:
- To study the components of national and international environment of the company and their
impact on its activity. To this end, there is a need to review the concept of business as a whole, its
diversity and classification, as well as the components relating to the environment and
internationalisation of business activities in an era of globalisation of trades and markets
Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (the internationalisation factors, the
internalisation process, the stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPDOT 55: COMPLEMENTARY SUBJECTS (4 credits)
LP DOT551 BUSINESS ENGLISH SYLLABUS FOR THE COMMERCIAL AND
TECHNICAL BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMS (2 credits)
Objective:
The purpose here is to equip the Customs broker or Forwarding agent with language skills
that will enable them to be perfectly bilingual so that they can communicate with the various
participants who are unable to communicate with them, in order to make these exchanges
more fluid.
The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Company Job titles Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure Departments job/Company
Revision of Tenses Drawing an
Some Translation Techniques organisational chart
and Practical exercises. Reading
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.

13
Telephoning Phrases for telephoning Request 4 Hrs
Expressing Polite Request (may I Offers
use your pen please? etc.) Complaints
Making
arrangements
Listening
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Employment Lexis of working conditions Writing CVs and 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, salary, Application Letters
Job income, promotions etc.) Job interview
Applications Comparing Adjectives How to write an
Lexis describing character: hard abstract
work, team player, self-starter
etc.
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

4 E- business/The IT Vocabulary Writing e-mails 4


Internet Prefixes and their meanings: Describing a
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business transaction.
etc. E.g.: Auction sale.
Writing: Describing a process. Stating aims.
Phrases for meetings (minutes, Agreeing and
secretary, chairperson, agenda, disagreeing
etc.)
Translating a process or a
description
5 Negotiations Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
Requests, offers negotiation (request,
Typical phrases: starting, making offers, refusals,
offers, refusing, accepting, asking acceptance, etc.)
for clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

6 Writing Essays Types of essays-argumentative, -Writing an essay 4 Hrs


and Describing descriptive, narrative, picture after a job interview
Photos essays, etc. -Describing Graphs,
Translation of some Commercial tables, etc.
Extracts. -Writing
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and

14
linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining


to the speciality concerned.
LPDOT 552 BUSINESS CREATION (2 credits)
Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of
business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of ideas for business creation
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan
Course content:
To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:
 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the enterprise creation process
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (Focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 6
LPDOT 54: ORGANISATION OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE OPERATIONS (6
CREDITS)
LPDOT 611: MANAGEMENT OF EXPORT CUSTOMS CLEARANCE
IN CAMEROON (2 credits)
Objective:
At the end of this course, each learner should be able to organise and manage an export
customs clearance operation.
Content:

15
The regulatory framework of export operations in Cameroon
The management of manual export customs clearance procedures
- Preliminary formalities for export
- Export customs clearance formalities
- Shipping formalities

The management of electronic export customs clearance procedures


- Preliminary formalities for export
- Pre-customs clearance formalities on e-Force
- Export customs clearance formalities on e-Force
- Formalities for shipping goods

Case studies on the export of certain basic products (cocoa, coffee, timber, etc.).
LPDOT 612: MANAGEMENT OF IMPORT CUSTOMS CLEARANCE
IN CAMEROON (2 credits)
Objective:
At the end of this course, each learner should be able to organise and manage an import
customs clearance operation.

Content:
The regulatory framework of import operations in Cameroon
The management of manual import customs clearance procedures
- Preliminary formalities for customs clearance
- Import customs clearance formalities
- Formalities for unloading of goods
- The specific case of direct unloading and under pulley blocks
The management of electronic import customs clearance procedures
- Preliminary formalities for import
- Pre-customs clearance formalities on e-Force
- Customs clearance formalities on e-Force
- Formalities for unloading of goods
Imports customs clearance procedure for Embassies and NGOs
Customs clearance procedure for second-hand vehicles in Cameroon
Customs clearance procedure for imported software in Cameroon
LP DOT 613: GEOPOLITICS AND GLOBAL ECONOMY (2 credits)
Objectives:
To have a good knowledge of international geopolitics
Provide learners with practical and strategic tools to better understand the context of
international trade.
Content:
- The theoretical background of international trade

16
- The new theories of international trade
- Changes in trade policies (free trade and protectionism)
- International payments
- International trade measurement instruments
- Geopolitical analysis and international trade challenges
- Creation and functioning of the various free trade areas
- Evolution and functioning of the various international institutions (World Bank, IMF, WTO,
UN, etc.

LPDOT 54: Professional practice (14 credits)


LP DOT 621 TUTORED PROJECT (4 credits)
Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training course into practice
to learn to work in a team, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.
Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.
LP DOT622 REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND
PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP REPORT (10 credits)
Objective:
to present the methodology for writing internship reports in effect
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put acquired knowledge into practice

to learn to identify the company in-house issues


to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence

17
Part of the course on Professional internship and defence
Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the drafting of a dissertation that will be defended orally before
a jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.

LPDOT 54: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2 (6 CREDITS)


LP DOT631 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (2 Credits)
Objective
- to master the fundamentals of human resources management
- to master the sub-functions of HRM
- to master steering and decision-support tools in HRM

Content
Generalities on human resource management Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.
HR sub-functions: Staff Management, recruitment, assessment, training, carrier management,
remuneration (employee portfolios, salary items, salary calculations...), strategic work
planning
Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard
LPDOT 632: DATA PROCESSING APPLIED TO INTERNATIONAL
TRADE OPERATIONS (2 credits)
Objective:
At the end of this course, the learner must master the concepts of information system,
database, database management system, design, build and administer data model diagram
from a computer system and understand how the computerized tools used in the customs
clearance operation management work.
Content
Definitions of basic concepts (information system, database, database management system,
data model, information, computer system, EDI: Internet concept and digital interchange
platforms, the classification of large software families of an organization in global logistics
(APS, ERP, and specialized software (TMQ , MES, ...), infologistics tools (security camera,
detectors, GPS, etc.), objectives and missions of customs systems, management of import and
export pre-clearance formalities on e-FORCE, practices of e-GUCE systems (e-FORCE and
SYDONIA system or CAMCIS, etc.).
LP DOT 633: DATA PROCESSING APPLIED TO INTERNATIONAL
TRADE OPERATIONS (2 credits)
Part I: Ethics of business
Objective
Enable learners to master principles ensuring transactions loyalty and exchanges
development.
Content
Loyalty in term of contract.
Competitive loyalty.
Duties and liability of company directors and registered auditors.
Management control by partners.

18
Prohibitions and forfeiture.
Part II: Enterprise governance
Objective
Following financial scandals that trouble the business world (ENRON, PARMALAT etc...)
and the prospect of DSX going into operation, this course aim at drawing the attention on the
necessity of putting in place an efficient system of surveillance and activity control of
company directors in order to protect the main interest of stakeholders participating to the
business life (employee, retired employee).
Content
Enterprise governance: definition and origin.
Founding research theories on enterprise governance.
Major governing enterprise systems: main typology and debate on future.
What is an efficient governing enterprise system?
News on enterprise governance: study on some foreign countries examples.
LPDOT64 COMPLEMENTARY SUBJECTS (4 CREDITS)
LP DOT641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION (2
credits)
General objectives:
to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate
to familiarise students with professional communication theories
Topic 1: communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories...
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business...
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication
Topic 2: Administrative language
-What is administrative language?
-Aims of administrative language
- Features of administrative language;
- Style;
-Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
-Motivation letter
-CV
-Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Record;
Report (mission, activity, and summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué;
Circular letter.
LP DOT642: PROJECTS MANAGEMENT (2 Credits)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To enable learners to familiarise themselves with the project environment and to
organise themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and
managing a project.

19
PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

I.2. SPECIALITY: LOGISTICS AND


TRANSPORT
Objectives:
At the end of the training, the logistics and transport graduate must be able to master the
overall supply chain and coordinate the various means of transport:
- inbound logistics
- Internal logistics
- Outbound logistics
- Transport intermediate operations.
Job opportunities

This bachelor’s degree in LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORT covers the following professions:
Supply manager
Transport service managers
Logistics platform manager (port, airport, railway and warehouse platforms).
Logistics and transport junior consultant
Scheduling and flow planning manager
Admission
The training is open to students who have completed level two (BTS, DUT, DEUG) or any
other equivalent degree recognised as such by the Ministry of Higher Education.
Organisation
This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses:
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training covers 900 hours of lectures, tutorials and practicums.

20
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor degree (LP3) - Logistics and transport
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE Code CE Title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPGLT LPGLT Customs and passage of goods management. 20 5 - 5 30 2
51 5 Logistics chain 511
LPGLT International operation management 30 10 - 5 45 3
credits
512
LPGLT Transport and terrestrial platform management 30 10 - 5 45 3
LPGLT Transport chain and 521
52 9 sustainable LPGLT Maritime transport and port platform management 30 10 - 5 45 3
credits development 522
LPGLT Air transport and airport platform management 30 10 - 5 45 3
523
LPGLT5 LPGLT Construction and management of warehouses 30 10 - 5 45 3
3 6 Industrial logistics 531
LPGLT Management of stocks and supplies 30 10 - 5 45 3
credits
532
Basic TU (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPGLT Transport economy 20 5 5 30 2
LPGLT
Business environment 541 LPGLT International transport law
54 6 20 5 5 30 2
1 542
credits LPGLT Information system and logistics communication 20 - 30 2
10 -
543
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPGLT LPGLT English Language 20 5 - 5 30 2
55 4 Transversal subjects 2 551
LPGLT Business creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
credits
552
TOTAL 300 85 10 55 450 30
Key: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work
Course Course title CE Code CE Title Course workload Nber of

21
code L Total credits

Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours


LPGLT621 Logistic chain organisation and flow management 30 10 5 - 45 3
LP Logistics
tools
GLT61 6 management
Credits tools LPGLT622 Production and industrial automation logistics 30 10 5 5 45 3

LPGLT Professional LPCG 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4


62 14 practice
LPCG 622 Report writing methodology and professional
credits 30 - 120 150 10
internship
Basic TU (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours

LPGLT631 Human resources management 20 5 - 5 30 2


LPGLT
Business LPGLT632 Optimization techniques 20 5 - 5 30 2
63
environment 2
6 credits LPGLT633 Introduction to Quality and Safety Management
20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours

French expression and communication


LPGLT LPGLT 641 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal
64 4
subjects 2 Projects management
credits LPGLT 642 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL
205 40 10 195 450 30
SEMESTER 6
Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

22
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 5
LPGLT51: LOGISTIC CHAIN (5 CREDITS)
LPGLT511: CUSTOMS AND PASSAGE OF GOODS MANAGEMENT (2
credits)
Objective
- Master the customs operations and integrate into the company’s business strategy
within the framework of international competition.

Content
Presentation of the customs administration
The main functions of the customs
The scope of the customs
Organisation of the customs administration
Roles of the inspection and verification bodies
The different customs procedures
Specific organisation of the customs in Cameroon: ASYCUDA, GUCE, etc.
Customs declaration
Customs status of goods
Value of goods
Evaluation of customs debt
Port organisation
The economic customs origins
The customs disputes and its management
Administrative management of the customs operations
Import and export customs clearance procedures and other crossing procedures.
The case of invisible goods (software for instance).
LPGLT512: INTERNATIONAL OPERATION MANAGEMENT (3
Credits)
I- INCOTERMS
A- General information
- What do Incoterms define?
- What don’t they define?
B-Detailed analysis of Incoterms
C-Criteria for choosing Incoterms
II- TRANSPORT INSURANCE
- Legal framework for transport insurance
- Transportation risk management (common and exceptional risks)
- Rules common to cargo insurance
- Different policies
- Insured value and premium
- Procedures for risk reporting
- Actions to be taken in the event of a disaster
- Relinquishment
- Local insurance (calculation rules)
III- INTERNATIONAL PAYMENTS
- Distinction between payment instruments and payment techniques
-Payment instruments
 Banking instruments (Cash; cheques; transfer)
 Negotiable instrument (Bill of exchange – Promissory note)
-Payment techniques
 Cash on delivery
 Documentary remittance
 Documentary credit
 Stand-by letter of credit
LPGLT52: TRANSPORT CHAIN AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (9 CREDITS)
LPGLT521: TRANSPORT AND TERRESTRIAL PLATFORM
MANAGEMENT (3 credits)
Learning objectives
 UNDERSTAND THE IMPORTANCE OF ROAD AND RAIL TRANSPORT AND NOTED THEIR
IMPACTS ON THE ENVIRONMENT.

 INTEGRATE THE MANAGEMENT ELEMENTS OF THE TERRESTRIAL PLATFORMS.

Content
MODULE 3: ROAD TRANSPORT OF GOODS
A. REMINDER OF THE BASIC CONCEPTS IN ROAD TRANSPORT OF
GOODS
a. General introduction
Organisation (State actors and bodies in the road transport sector).
Weight and size of vehicles
Weight of vehicles
 Permissible maximum weight
 Gross vehicle combination weight rating (GVW)
 Payload
 Unladen weight
 Maximum allowable weight/permissible maximum weight
Sizes of vehicles
 Maximum width
 Maximum length
 Maximum height
 Vehicle surface

Exceptional transport
 Exceptional transport concept

24
 Exceptional transport condition
 Exceptional transport authorization
Overload in inland road transport
 Concept of overload
 The different fines to be paid in term of overload
Pricing and documents
 Calculation rules
 Alternative methods of setting prices (CNR, minimum meter, general
rate, full truck)
The TIR document
 The official document
 The links with other documents

b. The inland transit on the Douala (NDJAMENA - BANGUI) corridor.


Participating bodies and their missions
 Bodies
o BGFT (National Office of Inland Freight) - Cameroon
o BNF (National Office of Freight) - Chad
o BARC (Chartering Office of Central African Republic)
Missions
 Freight rate calculation
 Issue of mandatory consignment notes and international consignment
notes
Recognized documents
 The mandatory consignment note
 The international consignment note
The distribution of freight
 Relations (Cameroonian carriers and Chadian carriers)
 Relations (Cameroonian carriers and Central African carriers)
The main selected corridors
 (Cameroon) DOUALA – (Chad) NDJAMENA
 (Cameroon) DOUALA – (CAR)

25
B. THE MANAGEMENT ELEMENTS OF THE ROAD PLATFORM
1. THE DOCK (COMPONENTS AND TECHNICAL OPERATIONS)

2 CAR FLEET MANAGEMENT (COMPONENTS, MANAGEMENT FACTOR AND OPERATIONAL


COSTS).
3. THE OPERATIONAL COSTS OF A DOCK (CROSS-DOCKING)

C. EXTERNALITIES OF THE ROAD TRANSPORT


1. NOISE POLLUTION
2. AIR POLLUTION.

MODULE 3: RAIL TRANSPORT

The fixed infrastructure (facilities)


 Rails (hands, level crossings, road signs, etc...)
 Stations
 The Cameroonian particularities (gauges=meter).
 Industrial sidings and privates sidings.
Mobile infrastructure
 The locomotive (the driving force)
 The cars (the carrier element).
 The different types of train
THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF CONSIGNMENT
 Freight forwarding
 Carload or less-than-carload shipments
 Full-train shipments
PRICING
The Cameroonian originality (Camrail).
Per tonne or per cubic meter

EXTERNALITIES OF THE ROAD TRANSPORT

1. NOISE POLLUTION
2 AIR POLLUTION

LPGLT522: MARITIME TRANSPORT AND PORT PLATFORM


MANAGEMENT (3 credits)
Learning objectives

26
 Acquire maritime transport techniques knowing how to define the flow of goods and
their transport costs,
 Master the transport operations of goods by sea
 Understand the interconnection of these various modes of transport
Educational content
A. REMINDER OF THE BASIC CONCEPTS IN MARITIME TRANSPORT

a. Organisation (State actors and bodies of the maritime sector).


b. The maritime transport techniques and the legal status of the ship
c. Maritime pricing.
d. Analysis of the transport documents
e. Ship chartering
B. MANAGEMENT ELEMENTS OF THE PORT PLATFORM
1. The components of a port platform
a) Port area (Terminals, port facilities, draught, etc.)
b) Port equipment
c) The services provided to the goods and to the ship.
d) Cameroonian ports and their administrative status (types of ports, ports of new
generations, etc.);
2. Planning of the port activities
a) Organisation of landing and boarding operations of ships.
b) Calculation of a berth capacity, typical types, and costs linked with port
passage.
3. Actors of the port platform
a) Actors to the benefit of the ship-owner
 Shipping agents
o Ship’s or hull’s agents
o Consignees of good or shipment.
 Shipping agents
o Ship’s or hull’s agents
o Consignees of good or shipment.
b) Actors to the benefit of the shipper
 Freight forwarder
 Customs commission agent

27
 Transport commissioner
C. IMPACT OF THE MARITIME TRANSPORT ON THE ENVIRONMENT
- Marine pollution
- Air pollution

LPGLT523: AIR TRANSPORT AND AIRPORT PLATFORM


MANAGEMENT (3 credits)
Objective
It is about reviewing the basic concepts of air transport, the management
elements of the airport platform a well as on the impact of the air transport
on the environment
A. REMINDER OF THE BASIC CONCEPTS IN AIR TRANSPORT
a) Introduction
1. The place of the air transport in international trade
2. Specificities of air transport
b) Reminder on basic concepts
1. Organisation (ADC, ASECNA, Aviation authority, IATA, ATAF,
ICAO…)
2. The techniques (types of aircraft, ULD and palettes, igloos...
3. Document review
4. Pricing Principles
General rate
Pricing in ULD
Patches

B. MANAGEMENT ELEMENTS OF THE AIRPORT PLATFORM


a) The components of the airport platform
1. Airport area
2. Airport equipment (handling equipment and terminal)
3. Cargo handling.
4. Airport layout and ground traffic
5. Airport signalling
6. The African air transport problems
7. Air transport alliances
8. Airport passage costs linked with the goods.
9. Air transport safety and security
 Safety regulations

28
 Security agencies
b) Actors of the airport platform
1. Logistics providers (air transport agents, etc.)
2. Integrators (1 to 4 PL).
C. IMPACT OF THE AIRPORT TRANSPORT ON THE ENVIRONMENT
1. Air transport externalities (air pollution).
LPGLT53 INDUSTRIAL LOGISTIOCS (6CREDITS)
LP GLT 531: WAREHOUSE LAYOUT AND MANAGEMENT (3 Credits)
Objective
One must give the learner a knowledge of warehouse layout and management, more
specifically, it is about reviewing the following points, namely the preparation of orders,
warehouse management, optimization of location, automatic storage, calculation of the
storage capacity, cycle of supplier orders and performance indicators.
Preparation of orders.
 Cycle of customer orders.
 The different means of order
 The call centre management (organisation of a warehouse call centre).
 Creation of a specific preparation area.
 Packaging and shipment. (Choice and characteristics of a packaging and shipment
management).
 Receipt of goods and product shipment Planning.
Warehouse management
Warehouse design (organisation and movement of physical flows).
Material handling and storage equipment. (Storage and material handling means).
Choice and use of equipment in terms of accessibility and of flow volume.
Location of the products in the warehouse (product tracking, allocation method,
Organisation of work in a warehouse.
Optimization of the location.
 Allocation based on the importance of flows.
 Preferred matrix design
 Determining the need in warehousing (Calculation of storage areas, building sizing,
and the staff).
 The types and the configurations of warehouses in terms of the movement of flows
and the nature of the products.
Automatic storage:
Reminder of the calculation on the sizing of the simple racks
 Drive-in racks with a Pallet Shuttle system?
 Semi-automatic system of accumulation storage: RADIO-SHUTTLE

29
 Mobile storage systems
 Stacker cranes:
 Material handling conveyors.
 Continuous flow rack

Calculation of the storage capacity:


 Compact storage
 Double depth rack.
 Dynamic pallet rack
Investment and operating cost of warehouse.
 Warehouse cost calculation.
Cycle of the supplier orders
 Warehouse management software package
 Calculation of snapshot observation of the forklift truck operator staff (engagement
rate calculation, etc.)
 Handling time calculation.
Performance indicator.
Service rate calculation and preparation of the dashboard activity of the receipt and shipment
of goods.
LP GLT 532: MANAGEMENT OF STOCKS AND SUPPLIES (3 credits)
Objective
- Master the techniques and the tools related to the supply stock management.
- Allow to implement the supply budget.
- Calculate the rotation speed of stocks.

CONTENT
GENERAL KNOWLEDGE ON THE STOCK AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT
Definitions and roles
Functions and typology
Definitions of the stock levels and role
Functions and typology
Performance indicators of the stock management (stock rotation, service rate, shortage rate,
coverage rate...)
ADMINISTRATIVE STOCKS MANAGEMENT (reminder)
Stock Selective Management
20/80 Method
ABC method.
Codification models (Numeric, Alphanumeric, Barcode...) and items location in the store
Accounting Management (Preparation of stock cards)
FIFO
LIFO
CMUP

30
Stock Inventory Management
Management of Stock with Clear Future
WILSON’s Model
Degressive tariff model
Model with shortage
SUPPLY BUDGETING
a. Fixed quantities/variable periods
b. Fixed periods/variable quantities
LPGLT54: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1 (6 CREDITS)
LPGLT541: TRANSPORT ECONOMY (2 Credits)
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- Acquire a general knowledge on transports and transport economy
- To further investigate some aspects of transport economy
- To control the weight, impact and stakes of transport in the economy
CONTENT
INTRODUCTION
- Some definitions and concepts
 Economy
 Transport
 Transport economy
 National accounting, etc.
- Some elements of economics
 Definition of economics
 Microeconomics
 Macroeconomics
 Transports can be studied following those two aspects
 Demand
 Offer
TOPIC 1: ECONOMIC SPECIFICITIES OF TRANSPORT AND RELATION WITH
ECONOMIC ACTIVITY
I. Economic specificities of transports
II. Relations between transport and economic activity
TOPIC 2: TRANSPORT AND LOCATION OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES
I. Microeconomic Approach
II. Macroeconomic Approach

31
TOPIC 3: ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TRANSPORT SECTOR
I. The Transports market
 Notion of transport demand
 Notion of transport offer
 Markets
II. Transport cost and production
III. Transport pricing
IV. Transport infrastructures financing and investment choices
V. Transport infrastructures
 The various transport infrastructure types
 Contribution of transport infrastructure to a country's economic
development
 Evaluation of transport infrastructure projects
TOPIC 4: EXTERNALITIES IN TRANSPORT
I. Congestion
 Traffic congestion
 Air congestion
 Railway congestion
II. IMPACT OF TRANSPORT ON THE ENVIRONMENT
 Noise
 Pollution
 Accidents
 Aesthetic consequences
III. Social and environmental costs of transport
TOPIC 5: TRANSPORT POLICY AND THE ROLE OF THE STATE
I. Definition
II. Transport policy developments
III. Examples of transport policies
 Billing Policies
 Transport deregulation
 Public policies and competition between modes of transport
IV. Transport policies goals
V. The role of the State

32
CONCLUSION
LPGLT542 INTERNATIONAL TRANSPORT LAW (2 credits)
Objective
At the end of this course, students shall be able
to address issues relating to international regulations for the transport of
goods
- to address issues relating to contract’s elaboration for the transport of goods

to discharge a liability to parties in contracts for the transport of goods


to address issues related to litigation in international transport matters
INTRODUCTION
- Conceptual approach
 Law
 Transport
 Transport law
- Course focus
MODULE 3: INTERNATIONAL LAWS GOVERNING THE CARRIAGE OF GOODS

IV. Maritime transportation of goods


 The Convention for the unification of certain rules of law relating to bills of
lading, otherwise known as the 1924 Brussels Convention.
 The United Nations Convention on the carriage of goods by sea, otherwise
known as “the 1978 Hamburg Convention” or “the Hamburg Rules”
V. Land transportation of goods
 Land transportation of goods by road
o Convention on the contract for the international carriage of goods by
road (CMR)
 Land transportation of goods by railway
o Uniform rules concerning the contract of international carriage goods
by Rail (CIM)
o Convention concerning international carriage by rail (COTIF) and its
appendices: CIM Uniform Rules, the CIV Uniform Rules, RICO,
RIEX.
VI. Air transport
 Convention for the unification of certain rules for international carriage by air,
otherwise known as the 1929 Warsaw Convention

33
 Montreal Convention
MODULE 3: DRAWING UP OF A CONTRACT FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF
GOODS
IV. Purpose of a contract for the transportation of goods
 Movement of goods
 The concept of goods (conventional, containerised)
 Some disclaimers within the scope of some transportation contracts
V. Parties to a contract for the transportation of goods
 The owners
o Goods owners and their various names (the shipper or loader or
initiator)
o Owner of the transport equipment and their various names (the
transporter, company, carrier)
o Goods recipient (the consignee, claimant)
 Characteristics of transportation contract
o Tripartite contract (two contracting parties and one adhering party)
o Synallagmatic contract
o Business contract
o Onerous contract
VI. Basic principles of transportation contract
 The principle of contract validation: consensualism (ad validitadem)
 Principle of proof of the evidence contract: issuance of a legal document (ad
probationem)
MODULE 3: LIABILITY OF THE PARTIES TO A TRANSPORTATION
CONTRACT
III. Obligations of the parties
 Obligations of the loader (shipper)
 Obligations of the transporter
IV. Liability of the parties
 Liability of the loader
 Liability of the transporter
o Causes of transporter liability
o Exemptions of transporter from liability
o Suppression of limitation of the transporter liability

34
o The rate of compensation for transporter liability
MODULE 3: LITIGATION
V. Definition of litigation
VI. Parties to a litigation
 The claimant (claiming party)
 The defendant (defending party)
VII. Jurisdictional competence
 Jurisdiction ratione loci
 Jurisdiction ratione materiae
VIII. Time limitation for proceedings

LPGLT 543: INFORMATION SYSTEM AND LOGISTICIC


COMMUNICATION (2crédits)
(Evaluation for this course can be done through machine/TP room as well as in the
examination room)
Objectives:
To teach students concepts of information system applied to logistics.
Specific objectives:
At the end of the course, the student should master general concepts of information systems
and their role in an organisation.
The course will enable the student to:
Know general concepts on information system related to logistics, database and database
management system, relational model, implement a BD in the form of Ms Access, master and
use spread sheet features, know the means and operations used in the quality management,
concept of PGI or ERP and its impact on the logistics, as well as how to use Internet services
(EDI), etc.
Content:
Information systems, its features and its role in the quality management. Presentation of
various data models (MCD, MTD, MLD, etc.): notion, advantages of a DBMS: architecture
and components of a DBMS, functionalities of a DBMS, notion of DB and MLD, EDI:
notions of Internet and digital exchange platforms (EDI, URL, Services and related protocols,
IP address), classification of major software families of an organisation in global logistics
(APS, ERP, and specialised software (TMS, MES, . .), infologistic tools (Video surveillance,
Detectors, GPS, etc.), information, automated information systems, different families of
logistic information systems, relational databases, architecture of a Database, Database
Design (MCD, MLD), study of a DBMS (ACCESS) and SQL (LMD : Insert, Update, Delete,
Select)
LPGLT55: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1 (4 CREDITS)
LP GLT 551 BUSINESS ENGLISH SYLLABUS FOR THE
COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL BACHELOR DEGREE
PROGRAMS
Objective:
The purpose is to equip the learner with language skills that will enable him or her to be
perfectly bilingual so that he or she can communicate with the various participants who are
unable to communicate with him or her, in order to make these exchanges more fluid.

35
The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:

36
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Company Job titles Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure Departments job/Company
Revision of Tenses Drawing an
Some Translation Techniques organisational chart
and Practical exercises. Reading
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
Telephoning Phrases for telephoning Request 4 Hrs
Expressing Polite Request (may I Offers
use your pen please? etc.) Complaints
Making
arrangements
Listening
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Employment Lexis of working conditions Writing CVs and 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, salary, Application Letters
Job income, promotions etc.) Job interview
Applications Comparing Adjectives How to write an
Lexis describing character: hard abstract
work, team player, self-starter
etc.
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

E- IT Vocabulary Writing e-mails 4


business/The Prefixes and their meanings: Describing a
Internet over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business transaction.
etc. E.g.: Auction sale.
Writing: Describing a process. Stating aims.
Phrases for meetings (minutes, Agreeing and
secretary, chairperson, agenda, disagreeing
etc.)
Translating a process or a
description
Negotiations Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
Requests, offers negotiation (request,
Typical phrases: starting, making offers, refusals,

37
offers, refusing, accepting, asking acceptance, etc.)
for clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

Writing Types of essays-argumentative,


-Writing an essay 4 Hrs
Essays and descriptive, narrative, picture
after a job interview
Describing essays, etc. -Describing Graphs,
Photos Translation of some Commercial
tables, etc.
Extracts. -Writing
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and
linking words.
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining


to the speciality concerned.
LP GLT 552 ENTERPRISE CREATION
Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of
business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of ideas for business creation
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan
Course content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:


 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the enterprise creation process
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)

38
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan; if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 6


LP GLT61: Logistics management tools (6 credits)
LPGLT611: LOGISTIC CHAIN ORGANISATION AND FLOW
MANAGEMENT TOOLS (3 Credits)
Objective
To give students an understanding of logistics function in companies.
To enable them to organise and control company's flows and implement a Supply Chain
Management (SCM) approach
- To enable students to master the concept of flows (raw materials and finished
products) and to be able to organise those flows at the levels of the various links in the
supply chain.

Part 1: Logistic Chain Organisation


Content
Reminder of supply chain basics
Global logistics approach: strategies, tactics, and operations
The new logistics framework: the notion of process, the main evolution steps towards
integrated global logistics
Fundamental concepts of SCM (CRM, GPA, EDI, CPFR, ERP...)
Permanent improvement of the process, a dynamic, offensive and partnership vision from the
supplier to the end customer, to align customer challenges, to clarify objectives with the
company's challenges in order to reduce costs and gain market share
Upstream Logistics (Procurement)
Internal Logistics (Production)
Downstream Logistics (Distribution)
Reverse Logistic

Part 2: Flow Management


Content

Flow Management in the logistics chain


- Flow definition
- The various types of flows (according to the nature (Physical, Informational, etc.), the
position in the logistics chain (Input, Outstanding, Output, etc.)
- Flow Control Mode (Tense, Pull, etc.)
Flow performance analysis approach
Notion of value chains and flow mapping
Value chain
The "Bullwhip Effect"
Corrective methods for flow malfunctions
5M and Ishikawa method
5S (Seiri - Seiton - Seiso - Seiketsu - Shitsuke)

39
3M (Muda, Mura, Muri)
Kaizen, continuous improvement
SMED (Single Minute Exchange of Die)
Flow control settings
- The concept of logistic processes
- The concept of resources
Presentation of flow control tools
JAT. KANBAN
CONTROL UNDER CONSTRAINT OPT
LPGLT612: PRODUCTION LOGISTICS AND PRODUCTICS (3
CREDITS)
Objective
- To allow the students to manage production
- To plan a production programme depending on demand.
- To allow students to master stock management (tools and techniques)

Content
- GENERALITIES ON STOCK MANAGEMENT
Definition and function
Production management environment
Types of production systems
Decisions levels in production management (strategic, tactical and operational)

- MRP2 PLANNING
Formulation of the Orlicky principle
Elaboration of production strategies
Industrial and Commercial Programme (ICP)
Master Production Schedule (MPS)
Nomenclature
Calculation of needs
- EXPENSES AND CAPACITIES OF PRODUCTION RESOURCES
Capacity of a resource
Expenses of a resource
Imbalance and balance between expenses/capacity
- WORKSHOPS LOCALISATION AND DEVELOPMENT
Localisation technique
The concept of production range
Objectives and various types of settlements (Anteriority, Middle Rank, King, Links, etc.)
- INTRODUCTION TO THE CONCEPT OF PRODUCTICS:

40
Introduction to MS-Project
LPGLT 62: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE (14 CREDITS)

LP GLT 621: TUTORED PROJECT (4 credits)


Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training course into practice
to learn to work as teams, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.
Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.
LP GLT 622 METHODOLOGY FOR WRITING AN INTERNSHIP
REPORT AND ACADEMIC INTERNSHIP (10 credits)
Objective:
to present the methodology for writing internship reports in effect
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put acquired knowledge into practice

to learn to identify the company in-house issues


to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence

Part of the course on Professional internship and defence


Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the drafting of a dissertation that will be defended orally before
a jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.

41
LPGLT 63: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2 (6 CREDITS)
LP GLT 631: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (2 Credits)
Objective
- to master the fundamentals of human resources management
- to master the sub-functions of HRM
- to master steering and decision-support tools in HRM

Content
Generalities on human resource management Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.
HR sub-functions: Staff Management, recruitment, assessment, training, carrier management,
remuneration (employee portfolios, salary items, salary calculations...), strategic work
planning
Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard
LPGLT632: Optimisation Technique (2 credits)
Objective
To permit students to master decision-making helping tools in logistics and transport activities
To mathematically formalise an economic optimisation problem
To use optimisation technique methods to solve logistics and transport problems
to make the right choices in order to optimise the objective value of a given situation
Content
Linear programming (Formalisation, resolution using Gauss Pivot method and Simplex
method, Primal and Dual programs, interpretation of results)
Graph theory (notion of graph, representation of a graph, search for the shortest path
(DJIKSTRA algorithm, Ford and Fulkerson Algorithm)
Transport problem [Stepping-Stone algorithm, primal-dual algorithm (Kruskal)];
Allocation problem (Khun's Algorithm)
LPGLT633: INTRODUCTION TO INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM (QUALITY - SAFETY - ENVIRONMENT) (2 credits)
Objective
To identify and describe elements that help to build a Quality Policy adapted to a product or
service company;
To be able to apply a Quality approach in accordance with the requirements of the ISO
standard 9001: 2000 efficiently and pragmatically;
To know management techniques that will allow the company to become more productive in
a continuous improvement process.
Content
Introduction (Chapter I) Quality, safety and environmental management
I) Quality Management
II) Security Management
III) Environmental Management
IV) Standardisation, Certification and Accreditation
(Chapter II) Implementation of an integrated management system
I) Integration
II) The steps involved in the setting-up an integrated management system in
a
company

42
(Chapter III) IMS's Continuous Improvement Approach
I) Definition of Continuous Improvement
II) Steps for Solving a Problem
III) Continuous Improvement Tools
- Generality on the notion of Quality, methods and tools for problem solving;
- Principle of Continuous Improvement (Planning, Quality Assurance and Quality Control);
- Quality of service assessment;
- Occupational Risk Assessment and Prevention
- - Quality management standards for the industrial and service sectors (EN 13816: 2002 –
Transport - Logistics and services - Public passenger transport - Definition of service quality,
objectives and measures);
- Structure of a Quality Management System (Q.M.S.) - ISO 9001 requirements.
- Main conditions for the success of SMS and setting up a SMS System
- Some SMS references: OHSAS 18001 requirements, BS 8800 Standard, OLO OSH 2001
LPGLT64: COMPLEMENTARY SUBJECTS 2 (4 CREDITS)
LP GLT 641: FRENCH COMMUNICATION AND EXPRESSION (-2
credits)
General objectives:
to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Topic 1: communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
-Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
-Motivation letter
-CV
-Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, and summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.
LP GLT 642: PROJECTS MANAGEMENT (2 credits)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.

43
PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

I.3. SPECIALITY: MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL


TRADE OPERATIONS
Objectives:
The Bachelor's Degree programme in International Trade is designed to assist companies in
the management of commercial, administrative and logistical operations from or to foreign
countries. It will enable students to carry out prospecting, representation and sales operations
abroad, to develop and maintain a client portfolio, to ensure the administrative follow-up of
international operations and to conduct commercial negotiations using foreign languages.
Job opportunities
The Bachelor’s Degree in MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE OPERATIONS
covers the following professions:
International buyer
Export/Import Client Manager
Procurement Manager
Export/Import Assistant
Booking Agent
Freight Agent
E-commerce manager, etc.
Admission
The training is intended for students who hold the following degrees:
BTS/DUT in international trade
BTS/DUT in logistics and transport
BTS/DUT in customs and transit
or any other equivalent degree recognised for this purpose by the MINESUP.
Organisation
This is a one-year training programme. There are 900 hours distributed as follows: 630 hrs of
lectures and 105 hrs of tutorials. There will also be 150 hrs of professional practice, that is, 30
hrs of tutored project and 120 hrs of internship. The programme includes fundamental
courses, complementary courses and professional practice

44
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor‟s Degree (LP3) – MOCI
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE Code CE Title
code L Tutos P SPW Total Credits
Professional Course Units (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPMCI LPMCI 511: Import-Export Management 30 10 5 - 45 3
Management of
51:
international logistics LPMCI 512: International Financial Operations 30 10 5 - 45 3
6 Credits
LPMCI LPMCI 521: International Trade Litigation 20 5 5 - 30 2
Economic and legal
52: LPMCI 522: Geopolitics and global economy 20 5 5 - 30 2
environment
6 Credits LPMCI 523: E-Commerce 20 5 5 - 30 2
Management of the chain of customs clearance
LPMCI Organisational LPMCI531 30 10 5 - 45 3
operations
53: Management
LPMCI 532: Warehouse Management, Packaging and Handling 30 10 5 - 45 3
8 Credits
LPMCI533 International Transport 20 5 5 - 30 2
Core Course Units (3 CE) 6 Credits, 90 hours
LPMCI 541 Data analysis 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPMCI
Business environment LPMCI 542 Accounting and financial management 20 5 5 - 30 2
54:
1 LPMCI 543 National and international business economic 15 5 30 2
6 Credits 10 -
environment
Transversal Course Units (2 CU) 4 Credits 60 Hours
LPMCI LPMCI 551: English Language 20 5 5 30 2
55: Transversal Courses 1
LPMCI 552: Business Development 20 5 5 30 2
4 Credits
TOTAL 300 80 0 70 450 30
Key: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work
Course Course Nber of
Course title CE Code CE Title
code L Tutos P SPW Total Credits

45
Professional Course Units (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPMCI LPMCI611 International Logistics 20 5 5 - 30 2
International
61 6
development of LPMCI612 International Development Strategy 20 5 5 - 30 2
credits LPMCI 613: Foreign Language (German, Spanish, Chinese)
the company 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPMCI Professional LPMCI 621: Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
62 14 practice LPMCIT622
credits Report writing methodology and professional
30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core Course Units (3 CE) 6 Credits, 90 hours
LPMCI 631 Human resources management 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPMCI
Business LPMCI 632 Data processing applied to international trade
63: 20 5 - 5 30 2
environment 2 operations
6 credits
LP MCI 633 Introduction to Management 20 5 5 - 30 2
Transversal Course Units (2 CU) 4 Credits 60 Hours
LPMCI6 LPMCI641 French expression and communication 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal
4 4 Projects management
Courses 2 LPMCI642 20 5 5 30 2
Credits
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30
SEMESTER 6
Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

46
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 5
LPMCI 51: MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL LOGISTICS (6
CREDITS)
LPMCI 511: IMPORT EXPORT MANAGEMENT (3 credits)
Objectives:
By the end of this course, the student will be able to master various strategies and
techniques for managing an import and export operation

Content:
FUNDAMENTALS OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE
Generalities on international trade
Forms of presence and methods of international deployment
Role of Incoterms in import-export practice
Role of SGS, GUCE and ANOR in the import-export process
GLOBAL APPROACH TO EXPORTATION
A. Conditions for obtaining the status of an exporter in Cameroon
B. Procedure for implementing an exportation operation
C. Mechanism for setting offers of sale at the international level

GLOBAL APPROACH TO IMPORTATION


A. Conditions for obtaining the status of an importer in Cameroon
B. Procedure for implementing an importation operation
C. Mechanism for determining the cost of production and setting the selling price

LPMCI 512: INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL OPERATIONS (3 credits)


Objectives:
To acquire knowledge on international financial management as well as payment
instruments and techniques, international bank guarantees, import-export financing
and international risk management
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
I. INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
II. PAYMENT INSTRUMENTS
A. Sight Payments Instruments
B. Commercial instruments
III. PAYMENT TECHNIQUES
A. Documentary remittance
B. CREDOC
C. STAND- BY letter of credit
IV. INTERNATIONAL BANK GUARANTEES
A. Contract performance bonds and offer guarantees
B. Maintenance bonds
C. Advance payment bond

47
V. IMPORT AND EXPORT FINANCING
A. Documentary financing techniques
B. Foreign currency import advances - Short-term financing
C. Long-term risk financing
VI. INTERNATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT
A. Type of risks
B. Risk-hedging modes

LPMCI52: ECONOMIC AND LEGAL ENVIRONMENT (6 CREDITS)


LPMCI 521: INTERNATIONAL TRADE LITIGATION (2 credits)
Objectives:
to give the student necessary elements to understand the actors and legal techniques
applicable to international trade litigation.
to introduce international arbitration bodies to students
Content:
INTRODUCTION
The concept of arbitration (Definition, Characteristics and typology)
Sources of arbitration law (national and international)
I- THE ARBITRATION AGREEMENT
A) Autonomy of the arbitration agreement
A. Meaning and foundation of the principle
B. Consequence of the principle
B) Formation of the arbitration agreement
A. Formation conditions related to parties
B. Arbitrability of the dispute
C. Form of the arbitration agreement
C) Efficiency of the arbitration agreement
A. Form of the arbitration agreement
B. The incompetence of state courts
C. Duration of the arbitration agreement
II- THE COURT OF ARBITRATION
A) Constitution of the court of arbitration
A. Conventional constitution
B. Legal assistance constitution
B) Constitutional implications
A. Challenging of an arbitrator
B. Challenge consequences
C) Status and liability of arbitrators

48
A. The status of arbitrators
B. Liability of the arbitrators
III- ARBITRATION INSTANCE
A) The role of parties and arbitrators
A. Freedom of parties and arbitrators
B. Limitations of this freedom
B) Court of arbitration seizure
A. Organisation of the instance
B. Hearing of the matter
C) Choice of the applicable law
A. Role of the will of parties
B. Extent of parties' freedom
C. The conflict of conflict’s rules
D) Arbitral award
A. Elaboration and content of the sentence
B. Sentence implications
C. Recognition and exequatur of the sentence
D. Remedies

LP MCI 522: GEOPOLITICS AND GLOBAL ECONOMY (2 credits)


Objectives:
to have a good knowledge of international geopolitics
to provide learners with practical and strategic tools to better understand the context of
international trade.
Content:
-
- Theoretical background of international trade
- New theories of international trade
- Changes in trade policies (free trade and protectionism)
- International payments
- International trade measurement instruments
- Geopolitical analysis and international trade challenges
- Creation and functioning of the various free-trade areas
- Evolution and functioning of the various international institutions (World Bank, IMF, WTO,
UN, etc.

LPMCI 523: E – COMMERCE (2 credits)


The course will enable the student to:
- understand the concepts of e-commerce

49
- identify the means and intermediaries of online international trade transactions (means
of purchase and payment, banks, ISPs and other intermediaries).
- know the security measures used in e-commerce.
- use e-commerce platforms such as AMAZON (see also local platforms).
- improve the time management of sales representatives.
- automatically manage the commission ceilings of prospectors and account
consignator.
- automatically manage customer receivable
- automatically manage supplies
Content:
- Introduction the e-commerce world.
- Different types of relation in e-commerce.
- Role of intermediaries in international trade.
- The order-purchase-delivery-payment process in e-commerce.
- The order-purchase-delivery-payment means in e-commerce.
- Description of the elements that determine the ergonomics, the beauty and the user-
friendliness website of an online business.
- Different security technologies of e-commerce.
- Description of the asymmetric key infrastructure in e-commerce;
- Role of Website certificates;
- Identification of the various advertising means used by online companies to attract
new customers.
- Deliveries and returns management in e-commerce
- Partner search through internet
- Use of renowned e-commerce platforms
- Use of software allowing to further transactions between third parties.
Use of appropriate tools.
LPMCI 53: MANAGEMENT OF ORGANISATIONS (8 CREDITS)
LPMCI 531: CUSTOMS CLEARANCE OPERATIONS CHAIN
MANAGEMENT (3 Credits)
Objective
By the end of this course, students will be able to master the functioning, direct and indirect
actors involved in the customs clearance operations chain, as well as organise and manage an
export customs clearance operation.
Content
Part 1: Actors involved in customs clearance operations

50
III. PUBLIC ACTORS
- MINFI
- MINCOMMERCE
- MINEPIA
- MINISTRY OF FORESTRY AND WILDLIFE
- ANOR
- NCCB
- CNCC
- CCIMA
- GUCE
- BGFT
- ONZFI
- AUTONOMOUS PORT
- ADC
- ETC.
IV. PRIVATE ACTORS
- SHIPPERS (EXPORTERS/IMPORTERS)
- SGS
- CDA
- STEVEDORES
- CONSIGNORS
- BANKS
- INSURERS
- ETC.

Part 2: Management of in-transit customs clearance


Definitions of basic transit notions
Regulatory framework of transit in Cameroon and the CEMAC region
Role of BGFT and the NEXUS ++ Service on transit
Presentation of the CEMAC transit corridors
Management of the procedure for customs clearance of transit goods
- Preliminary formalities for customs clearance
- Customs clearance formalities
- Formalities for removing and installing the GPS tracker
- Formalities for transportation or transit of goods
- Formalities for settling the deposit.
Case studies of customs transit clearance of goods imported by a humanitarian organisation
and a private company.

51
LPMCI532: WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT, PACKAGING AND HANDLING (3
credits)
Objective
Make calculations on optimal use of storage space
Develop types of packaging
Understand handling in warehouses
Content
Reminder on basic concepts
Determine space requirements (Sizing of warehouse space).
Choose the working technique
Execution of warehouse operations (flowchart, circuit diagram)
Various ways of addressing (using a software if possible)
Select handling and safety elements (calculation for trolleys’ aisles)
Determine equipment and resource requirements
Determine control needs

LPMCI533: INTERNATIONAL TRANSPORTATION (2 credits)


Objective:
to understand technical and practical aspects of international transport of goods and faculty
insurance.
Content:
INTRODUCTION
 International logistics framework
 Transport auxiliaries

I. Maritime transport practices


7. Regulations
8. Actors and documentation
9. Equipment used
10. Shipping methods in maritime transport
11. Maritime transport prices (including Liner terms)
12. Shipping services activity
II. Air transport practices
6. Regulations
7. Actors and documentation
8. Equipment used
9. Shipping methods in air transport
10. Air transport pricing
III. Land transport practices
4. Regulations
5. Overview of road transport in Cameroon in the CEMAC region

52
6. Overview of rail transport in Cameroon

LPMCI 54: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1 (6 CREDITS)


LPMCI 541: DATA ANALYSIS (2 credits)
Objectives: By the end of this course, students will be able to conduct statistical analyses of one-
dimensional and two-dimensional data in an analytical manner using a software (Excel, SPSS).
Content:
- Reminders on descriptive statistics: characteristics of central tendency and dispersion,
notion of concentration, graphical representation, etc.
- Inferential statistics: point estimation, confidence interval estimation, determination of
sample size, tests of comparison of means and proportions, CHI SQUARE test, Student
test, correlation test, ANOVA and simple regression tests, etc.
- Reminders on statistical data analysis
- Statistical analyses of one-dimensional data (descriptive analysis, explanatory
analysis)
- Statistical analyses of two-dimensional data (highlighting the possible relationship that
may exist between two variables)
I. THEORETICAL NOTIONS
• Introduction to data analysis
- Purpose
- Data (definition and typology)
- Statistical problem related to data collection
- Type of survey question and type of variable in statistics
- Processing questionnaires
• One-dimensional analysis of qualitative variables
- Graphic analysis (organ pipes, circular sectors and band representation)
- Numerical analysis: use the graphical representation or table to determine and interpret the
modality)
• Explanatory analysis of qualitative variables (Chi-square test)
- Hypothesis tests (null and alternative)
- Calculation of the expected value of the value
- From the empirical KHI-square
- Determination of the number of degrees of freedom
- Decision-making (limited to the goodness-of-fit test for the uniform distribution)
• One-dimensional analysis of quantitative variables
- Differential flow chart (bar chart, histogram, interpretation)
- Integral flow chart (cumulative curves, with emphasis on the direction of cumulative
headcount)
• Numerical analysis
- Determination and interpretation of central tendency characteristics (mode, median and

53
mean)
- Determination and interpretation of dispersion characteristics (variance, standard
deviation, coefficient of variation)
- Calculation and interpretation of shape characteristics
- two dimensional analysis of a couple (contingency table and Chi-square independence
test)
- Two-dimensional analysis of a pair of quantitative variables
- Scatterplot (graphical or descriptive analysis)
- Linear correlation coefficient determination and interpretation
- Determination and representation of simple regression lines by the least squares method
(discuss the exponential fitting method)

II. A CASE STUDY ON A DATA ANALYSIS SOFTWARE (SPSS, EXCEL, etc.)

LPMCI 542: ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (2


credits)
Objectives:
to master the appropriate framework for accounting and financial management
to determine the result of an activity using a balance sheet
to carry out the analysis of functional and financial balance sheet using appropriate methods
to measures the company's self-financing capacity and cash flow
To draw up the financial statements
Content:
INCOME STATEMENTS ANALYSIS
I. Presentation and structure of the income statement
A. Presentation of the income statement
B. Structure of the income statement

II. Significant management balances


A. Definition and calculation based on schematic accounts
B. Calculation by filling in the forms of the normal system
C. Definition and calculation of self-financing capacity

III. Income statement analysis by function


A. Notion of function
B. Analysis of expenses by functions
C. Presentation of the functional operating table

IV. Income statement analysis by variability


A. Variability of expenses
B. Analysis of expenses by variability
C. Presentation of the differential operating table
D. Break-even point

54
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
I. Accounting balance sheet
A. Stable jobs and resources
B. Current jobs and resources

II. Functional balance sheet


A. Adjustment and reclassification of asset items
B. Adjustment and reclassification of liability items
C. Working capital, needs for working capital, treasury

III. Financial balance sheet


A. Liquidity balance sheet items
B. Shifting from accounting balance sheet to liquidated balance sheet

IV. Ratios
A. Use of ratios
B. Key ratios and their meaning

DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


I. Normative working capital
A. Definition and principle
B. Application

II. Statement of source and expenditure of funds (TAFIRE)


A. Principle
B. Filling in the table

III. Financing plan


A. Definition and principle
B. Application

LP MCI 543: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC


ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY (2 credits)
Objectives:
- Study the components of national and international environment of the company and their
impact on its activity
Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)
LPMCI 55: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1 (4 CREDITS)

55
LP MCI 551: BUSINESS ENGLISH SYLLABUS FOR THE
COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL BACHELOR DEGREE
PROGRAMMES (2 credits)
The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Company Job titles Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure Departments job/Company
Revision of Tenses Drawing an
Some Translation Techniques organisational chart
and Practical exercises. Reading
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
Telephoning Phrases for telephoning Request 4 Hrs
Expressing Polite Request (may I Offers
use your pen please? etc.) Complaints
Making
arrangements
Listening
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Employment Lexis of working conditions Writing CVs and 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, salary, Application letters
Job income, promotions etc.) Job interview
Applications Comparing Adjectives How to write an
Lexis describing character: hard abstract
work, team player, self-starter,
etc.
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

E- business/The IT Vocabulary Writing e-mails 4

56
Internet Prefixes and their meanings: Describing a
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business transaction.
etc. E.g.: Auction sale.
Writing: Describing a process. Stating aims.
Phrases for meetings (minutes, Agreeing and
secretary, chairperson, agenda, disagreeing
etc.)
Translating a process or a
description
Negotiations Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
Requests, offers negotiation (request,
Typical phrases: starting, making offers, refusals,
offers, refusing, accepting, asking acceptance, etc.)
for clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

Writing Essays Types of essays-argumentative,


-Writing an essay 4 Hrs
and Describing descriptive, narrative, picture
after a job interview
Photos essays, etc. -Describing Graphs,
Translation of some Commercial
tables, etc.
Extracts. -Writing
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and
linking words.
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining


to the speciality concerned.
LPMCI 552: ENTREPRENEURSHIP (2 credits)
Objectives:
Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of ideas for business creation
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan
Course content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:


 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)

57
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan; if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 6


LPMCI61: INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF ENTERPRISE (6
CREDITS)
LPMCI 611: INTERNATIONAL LOGISTICS (2 credits)
Objective:
By the end of this course, students will have a good mastery of technical and practical aspects
of international logistics, that is, organisation of the international logistics chain, cargo
insurance, Incoterms and modes of shipping goods internationally.
Content:
INTRODUCTION
I. INTERNATIONAL LOGISTIC CHAIN
A. Logistic chain organisation
B. Logistic chain actors and activities
II. CARGO INSURANCE
A. Cargo Insurance Contracts
1. Local insurance contract (Reminder of Law No. 75/14 of December 1975)
2. International insurance contract
B. Common rules for Cargo Insurance
1. Insurance premium
2. Insurance value
3. Role of the increase
C. Cargo Insurance Policies and Guarantees
D. Settlement of Claims
1. Particular averages management
2. General averages management

58
III. INCOTERMS AND INTERNATIONAL PAYMENT METHODS
A. Presentation of Incoterms
B. Mechanism for calculating offers of sale
C. Choice strategy and implementation of Incoterms
D. Means and techniques for international payment methods
E. Presentation of the letter of credit

LPMCI 612: STRATEGY FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT (2


credits)
Objectives:
- To have the necessary knowledge for a good understanding of strategies for international
development of companies and functioning of multinationals.

Content:
Introduction - Definitions - Background
I. STRATEGIC APPROACH
A. Strategic orientations
B. Steps to internationalisation
II. INTERNATIONAL DEPLOYMENT OF COMPANIES
A. Internal growth
B. External growth
C. Joint growth

III. INTERNATIONALISATION OF COMPANIES


A. Choice of internationalisation
B. Access Mode
IV. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
A. Marketing plan at the international level
B. International distribution
V. DIAGNOSIS OF COMPANIES PURCHASE AND SALE DISTRIBUTION AT THE
INTERNATIONAL LEVEL
A. Purchase at the international Level
B. Sale at the international level
VI. SUPPORT MECHANISM FOR THE INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF
COMPANIES
A. Documentary research
B. Tools for Chambers of Commerce

LPMCI 613: FOREIGN LANGUAGE (2 credits)


Objective

59
The student will be able to express themselves in another language apart from French and
English. Spanish, German and Mandarin (Chinese) are recommended.
Content
Basics of communication and speaking; presentation: knowing how to present oneself
according to circumstances; public speaking.
Study of individual and group behaviour through three aspects: self- and group- awareness
through sensory opening, flexibility, balance, dissociation of the body and speech through
rhythm games exercises and exercises in space; discipline of the body and mind promoting
self-confidence through openness and availability to oneself and to others; dominating
conditioned reflexes; "alphabet" of the body ( orientation axis, rhythms, balances);
articulation dissociations; confidence towards others (mirror games, guidance by gesture and
voice); voice and breathing ( voice placement, rhythm, sound, articulation); storytelling
together (reading, group improvisation, building a story); learning to tell alone (breaking
down by improvising a story); telling with a partner (rhythm, listening and fluidity); telling in
spite of external disturbances (by integration or not).
LPMCI 613: FOREIGN LANGUAGES: SPANISH
PROFESSIONAL BACHELOR'S DEGREE: MOCI
THEMES GRAMMATICAL TRANSLATIONS DURATION
STRUCTURES
Nociones preliminares : El El empleo de ser y estar. La traduccion de 5H
género y el número, los (1Hr) « c‟est…que » et la
numerales cardinales, El empleo de tener y traducción de “mais”
ordinales, porcentajes, haber(1Hr) et “ne…que‟‟
decimales, fracciones. Los (1Hr)
tiempos verbales simples
(2Hrs)
2-El comercio 3-El empleo del La traduccion de‟‟ 4 Hrs
internacional : Origen – subjuntivo (presente e dont‟‟ , de “devenir‟‟
ventajas e inconvenientes imperfecto) (1Hr) (1Hr)
(2Hrs)
Exportacion e importacion Expresion de la obligacion La traduccion de „‟ 4 Hrs
(1Hr) personal e impersonal l‟habitude‟‟ et
(1Hr) traduccion de „‟même
Expresion de la si et bien que‟‟ (1Hr)
condicion realizable e
irrealizable (1Hr)
4- Relaciones comerciales La frase enclitica (1H) Traduccion del futuro 5H
en Africa y en el mundo en la subordinada
(2Hr) (1H)
5- El mundo del trabajo Los pronombres relativos Traduccion de la 5H
(2H) (1H) duracion, de la
La frase negative y la progresion, de la
prohibicion (1H) continuacion (1H)
PRACTICUM PRACTICUM PRACTICUM 3H
CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS 2H
ASSESSMENT ASSESSMENT ASSESSMENT
CORRECTION OF THE CORRECTION OF CORRECTION OF 2H
CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS THE CONTINUOUS THE
ASSESSMENT ASSESSMENT ASSESSMENT
LPMCI 613: FOREIGN LANGUAGES: GERMAN
Overview of grammatical structures
Business correspondence
Market analysis and products

60
Purchase and sale vocabulary
Advertising
Importation – Exportation
Forms of distribution (Wholesale and retail trade)
Die grammatischenûbersichten
Die handelskorrespondenz (geschaftsbrief)
Die marktanlyse und das produkt(vokabeln): einkaufen - verkaufen
Die werbung (vokabeln)
Dieausfuhr und einfuhr
Die vertriebsformen(grobhandel und kleinhandel)
LPMCI62: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE (14 Credits)
LP MCI 621 : TUTORED PROJECT (4 credits)
Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.
Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.
LP MCI 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND
PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP (10 credits)
Objective:
to present current methodology for writing internship reports
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice

to learn to identify the company in-house issues


to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence
Professional internship and defence
Content:

61
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.
LPMCI 63: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2 (6 CREDITS)
LP MCI 631: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (2 Credits)
Objective
- to master the fundamentals of human resources management
- to master the sub-functions of HRM
- to master steering and decision-support tools in HRM

Content
Generalities on human resource management Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.
HR sub-functions: Staff Management, recruitment, assessment, training, carrier management,
remuneration (employee portfolios, salary items, salary calculations...), strategic work
planning
Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard
LPMCI 632: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY APPLIED TO
INTERNATIONAL TRADE OPERATIONS (2 credits)
Objective
By the end of this course, learners will be able to:
understand the functioning of an information system, its purpose and its characteristic,
master physical handling of a Database using Database Management Systems,
conceive, draw and manage data model scheme from a computer system,
understand the notion of integrity constraints,
understand the functioning of the computerised tools used for customs clearance operations
management in Cameroon

Content
Definitions of basic concepts
EDI: concepts of Internet and digital exchange platforms (EDI, URL, related services and
protocols, IP address)
Classification of major software families of an organisation in global logistics (APS, ERP,
and specialised software (TMS, MES, etc.)
Info-logistics tools (Video surveillance, Detectors, GPS, etc.)
Information, automated information systems
Objectives and missions of customs systems
- Management of import and export pre-clearance formalities on e-FORCE
Practice of e-GUCE system (e-FORCE, others)
Practice of ASYCUDA or CAMCIS system
Etc.

LPMCI 633: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT (2 credits)


Objectives:

62
- To have the necessary knowledge for a good understanding of strategies for international
development of companies and functioning of multinationals.

Content:
Introduction - Definitions - Background
I. PRESENTATION OF THEORIES OF ORGANISATIONS
II. INTERNATIONALISATION OF COMPANIES
A. Choice of internationalisation
B. Access Mode
III. MANAGEMENT OF MULTINATIONALS
A. Case of multi-site companies
B. Case of human resources management
C. Analysis of activity in the multinational company
D. Determinants of internationalisation of Multinationals

LP MCI 64: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2 (4 CREDITS)


LP MCI 641: FRENCH COMMUNICATION AND EXPRESSION (2
credits)
General objectives:
to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Topic 1: communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
-Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
-Motivation letter
-CV
-Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.

LP MCI 642: PROJECTS MANAGEMENT (2 Credits)


COURSE OBJECTIVES

63
 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

I.4. SPECIALITY: QUALITY MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE
To train quality specialists who can lead and manage a quality approach in an industrial or
tertiary environment
They will be having to:
initiate and actively participate in the implementation of an organisational system (quality
management system) that meets ISO 9000 standards;
master tools and methods allowing management and permanent improvement of a quality
system;
contribute to development of quality in companies;
develop individual qualities such as autonomy, initiative, responsibility, capacity and rigour in
the conduct of projects and in management, the ability to work in a team, supervise
operational teams;
acquire mastery of quality statistical tools;
master various modules of quality management (ISO, EAQF, EFQM, etc.)
JOB OPPORTUNITIES
Candidates combine technical skills (certification, standardisation, etc.) with some autonomy
of thought and analytical capacity in order to identify the best solution to a given problem.
This ability to interpret and create should enable them to move quickly from the position of
manager to those of team leader and technicians.
At the end of this cycle, young graduates will be able to take up positions of responsibility in
Quality departments related to production, logistics, maintenance, environment, management,
control.

They can serve in the following positions:


Assistant or quality manager depending on the size of the company
Facilitator of a quality approach or any job corresponding to quality development in a
company.
Coordinator/Quality Controller
After 2 to 3 years of experience, they can move on to the following positions:
Quality Manager
Deputy Quality Manager
Quality Auditor

64
ADMISSION
The course programme is intended for students who hold BTS, DUT, DEUG, DSEP or any
equivalent diploma and who have a basic general training in computer science. This
Bachelor's degree programme is also available for continuing education.
Organisation

This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses.
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.

The training is made up of 600 hours of teaching, 120 hours of tutored project and a 180-hour
internship (3 months) in a company.

The training takes the form of lectures, tutorials and practical work in limited numbers.

Courses are taught by university teachers and by experts from the professional world.

65
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor's degree (LP3) – Quality Management
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE Code CE Title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPGEQ LPGEQ 511 Quality and Safety Management 30 10 5 - 45 3
Quality and Safety
51 LPGEQ 512 Food Hygiene 30 10 - 5 45 3
Management
9 Credits LPGEQ 513 Functional Analysis and FMECA 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPGEQ LPGEQ 521 Production Management 30 10 5 - 45 3
52 Production
LPGEQ 522 Metrology 30 10 5 - 45 3
6 Credits
LPGEQ LPGEQ 531 ISO 9000 (2015) and 9001 Standards 20 5 - 5 30 2
Performance Standards
53
and Tools LPGEQ 533 Scoreboard and Audit practice 30 10 5 - 45 3
5 Credits
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPGEQ 541 Environmental Approach 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPGEQ
LPGEQ 542 Statistics and Probabilities 20 10 - - 30 2
54 Business environment 1
6 Credits LPGEQ 543 Value Analysis
20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPGEQ LPGEQ 551 English Language 20 5 - 5 30 2
55 Transversal subjects 2
LPGEQ 552 Business creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
4 Credits
TOTAL 290 95 25 30 450 30
Key: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work
SEMESTER 6
Course Course Workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits

66
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPGEQ 611 Concept of performance and auditing 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPGEQ 61
Evaluation and LPGEQ 612 Quality Control 20 5 5 - 30 2
(6 credits)
certification
LPGEQ 613 Standardisation and certification 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPGEQ 62 Professional LPGEQ Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
(14 practice 621
LPGEQ 622 Report writing methodology and professional
credits) 30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours

LPGEQ Computer science applied to quality 20 - 10 - 30 2


LPGEQ 631
Business LPGEQ Integrated management 20 5 - 5 30 2
63
environment 1 632
6 credits LPGEQ 633 National and international business economic
20 5 - 5 30 2
environment
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours

LPGEQ French expression and communication


20 5 - 5 30 2
LPGEQ 64 Transversal 641
(4 credits) subjects 2 LPGEQ Projects management
20 5 - 5 30 2
642
TOTAL
205 35 25 185 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

67
COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 5
LPGEQ 51: QUALITY AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT (9 CREDITS)
LGEQ 511: QUALITY AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT (3 Credits)
Objective
- To identify and describe elements that help to build a Quality Policy adapted to a product or
service company
- To be able to implement a Quality approach in accordance with ISO 9001:2015 standard in an
efficient and pragmatic way.
- To know management techniques that will allow the company to become more productive in a
continuous improvement process.
- To acquire data related to prevention of occupational risks in order to participate in the
implementation of an in-house effective prevention approach.

Part 1: Quality Management


Description
- To know how to develop a methodical and documented approach in order to master
manufacturing process
- To knowing how to anticipate crisis situations and, to do so, identify the weakness factors
specific to your institution
- Learn how to communicate in an appropriate and skilled manner to various audiences
concerned
- To organise responsibilities, assign tasks, prepare and maintain necessary tools
- To conceive messages and choose the right means to convey them

Quality management in services. Students shall be able to:


- understand specificities related to production of services
- identify and be familiar with tools used for quality assessment in the field of services
- To use and manage tools used in the field of services
- analyse a situation by measuring real quality and quality perceived by customer
- know activities and added value of a customer service department
- know essential provisions for organising a customer service department
- know interactions between customer service and other components of the business
- be able to use customer service activities to develop quality approach

Content
- Quality policy and management
- Quality management system – ISO 9001 requirements
- Crisis management
- Assessment of service qualityPart 2: Security management
Content:

68
- Occupational risks
Occupational risk prevention
Security management according to ISO 45000
Accident analysis approach
Occupational risk assessment
Introduction to ergonomics
LGEQ 512: FOOD HYGIENE (3 credits)
Objective:
to know the main health risks related to water or food consumption for a better prevention.
to know the main prevention principles of a food-borne disease and take charge of the
collective food-borne disease.
to be able to analyse risks according to the HACCP methodology.
to know the main difficulties in implementing a HACCP plan.
to be capable of overcoming the difficulties faced in applying HACCP.
to know when and how to check/validate the HACCP system.
Content
- Health risks related to water and food: Food-borne diseases.
o Health risks related to food: Risks related to water and food consumption, the various
food contamination modes, the various types of contaminants, regulation and the preventive
measures.
o Food-borne diseases: definitions, circumstances of diagnosis and treatment, family or
collective food-borne disease.
o Prevention principles of a food-borne disease: the key principles of food hygiene

HACCP, what is it all about?


Origin ? Background? Conceptual principles
Vocabularies and Definitions (Codex Alimentarius)
Why conducting an HACCP study?
Regulatory context
Public health issue
Normative context (ISO 9001v2000, BRC, IFS, ISO 22000)
How to start a HACCP study?
HACCP study: logical application sequence
Detailed study of 7 principles with illustrations
What are the difficulties faced?
How to overcome them?
When to conduct a HACCP study?
Preliminaries to a HACCP study.
Case studies and examples.
LPGEQ 513: FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS AND AMDEC (3 credits)
Objective
Functional analysis and functional specifications
Purchasing quality - supplier evaluation
- to be capable of preparing, conducting and leading FMEA studies.
- At the level of the design (product-project FMEA) and services (service or administrative
FMEA).
- At the level of industrialisation (product-process FMEA and means-machinery FMEA).

69
Part 1: Functional analysis
Content
Identify the benefits and the uses of functional analysis in an industrial setting.
Identify the functional analysis benefits as design control tool.
Apply the functional analysis tools in order to actively and efficiently participate in a
functional analysis group (develop reflexes like: for whom? why? with whom? with what?
For what purpose?
Efficiently lead a functional analysis group.
Identify and apply the main steps of the value analysis method by using tools such as the
functional specifications and the functional analysis table.
Learn the benefits of the method and its scope of application.

Part 2: FMEA
Content
Group knowledge acquisition
Placement of the FMEA in the development cycle of a product or service.
What is FMEA?
Different types of FMEA
Product-project FMEA
Initialisation
Preparation of FMEA
Identification of failure causes
Mind map
Evaluation and hierarchical organisation
Search for solutions
Monitoring and review
Product-process FMEA: Differences with the product-project FMEA to prepare and lead a
product-process FMEA
Means FMEA
Service or administrative FMEA
Security FMEA and the mixed FMEA
Fault tree

LPGEQ 52: PRODUCTION (6 CREDITS)


LPGEQ 521: PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT (3 credits)
Objective
To allow the students to know the production environment.
To allow the students to manage operations and production.
To plan a production programme depending on demand.
Content
Introduction and classification, function of the production management.
Types of production
Product structure
Production scheduling
Planning the production programme
Quality planning, deadline and capacity planning.
Production and control production
Production management tools

70
LPGEQ 522: METROLOGY (3 credits)
Objective
To know how to determine influential parameters and their settings for achieving the desired
results.
to know how to build the experimental design by choosing the parameters and their settings.
To know how to use the results and check if the chosen factors are the best.
Content
Define the main standardisation mode applicable to organisations, services or products.
Explain the context, the objectives and interests specific to each type.
Define, from the normative documents, the role and the missions of the metrology function in
the company.
Master this function in the context of Quality management system.
Choose means and manage the means
Organisation and control management (IMTE)
General metrology
Measurement error and uncertainties
- The metrology function
LPGEQ 53: PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND TOOLS ( 5 CREDITS)
LPGEQ 531: ISO 9000 (2015) and 9001 STANDARDS (2 credits)
Objective
Students will be able to:
- understand the origin of the ISO 9000 series,
- understand the purposes, content and connections between the ISO 9000 series as support
standard and the ISO standards 19011,
- understand the ISO 9001 requirements, explain them and interpret them,
- use ISO 9000 and ISO 9004 to better understand the ISO 9001 requirements,
- recognise the strength of management principles as support for the structure and requirements
of ISO 9001.

Content
Origin of ISO 9001
Overview of the latest edition of ISO 9001 Quality management principles
Review of the ISO 9001 requirements Process approach
ISO standard 9000: 2015 Main principles and vocabulary
LPGEQ 532: SCORECARD AND AUDIT PRACTICE (3 credits)
Objective: By the end of this course, the student will be able to:
analyse a situation by measuring the Quality
implement indicators and propose actions in order to improve the Quality
Part1: Scorecard
Content
Indicators
Scorecard
Action plan
Corrective action
- Summary
Part 2: Auditing practice
Objective

71
Define and position the Quality diagnosis, and its interest, in the building process of the
Quality management system - Guideline: ISO 10011 Standard
Describe a methodology of execution
Help to analyse and use of the results achieved.
Acquire the main theoretical and practical basis for auditing QMS or manufacturing
processes.
Students will be able to:
Apply the appropriate methodology to diagnose and encrypt the COQs through development
of a data entry form of COQs and identification in the company of relevant information
sources (NFX 50 126 standard).
Define an improvement plan based on the evaluation results of COQs.
Structure a document architecture and define the basic rules to ensure its management.
Make, organise or facilitate the development of documents in the context of a Quality system
and ensure its management.
Content
Quality diagnosis
Audits (systems and processes)
Economy of quality (COQ)
Document management and mastery
LPGEQ 54: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1 (6 CREDITS)
LPGEQ 541: ENVIRONMENTAL APPROACH (2 credits)
Objective
Understand the ISO standards14001 requirements: 2015
Know the conditions for implementing an EMS (Environmental management system)
Know how to make the environmental review and use it for building an EMS.
Content
Environmental regulatory basis
EMS
ISO 14001 requirements
Environmental review
LPGEQ 542: INFERENTIAL STATISTICS RELATED TO THE
QUALITY AND ENVIRONMENT (2 credits)
Objectives:
By the end of this course, the student will be able to generalise a mother population using
conclusions observed from a sample.
Content:
Part I: PROBABILITY
1. Random variable applied to quality management
Discrete random variable (laws of probability and characteristics)
Continuous random variable (probability density and characteristics)
2. Standard probability laws applied to quality management
Discrete probability laws (Binomial laws, Poisson law)
Continuous probability laws (normal law, exponential law)

Part II: STATISTICAL INFERENCE


1. Sampling technique

72
2. Estimation problem (point estimation and confidence interval estimation)
3. Hypothesis testing problems (parametric and non-parametric tests)
4. Comparison tests of means and proportions, Chi-square tests.

LPGEQ 543: VALUE ANALYSIS RELATED TO THE QUALITY AND


ENVIRONMENT (2 credits)
Objective
Situate the analysis process of the need within the Quality management system.
Know the different types of needs and expectations of customers.
Content
Analyse the needs and meet them.
Develop a general specification.
Know the basics concepts of the value analysis and the value chain, and be able to
Identify and apply the main steps of the value analysis method by using tools such as the
functional specification and the functional analysis table.
Know the Quality tools used for purchases concerning the selection, qualification and
evaluation of suppliers.
Need analysis - general specification
Value analysis
Purchasing quality - supplier evaluationLPGEQ 55: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1
(4 CREDITS)
LP GEQ 551: BUSINESS ENGLISH SYLLABUS FOR THE
COMMERCIAL AND TECHNICAL BACHELOR DEGREE
PROGRAMMES (2 credits)
The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Company Job titles Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure Departments job/Company
Revision of Tenses Drawing an
Some Translation Techniques organisational chart
and Practical exercises. Reading
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.

73
Telephoning Phrases for telephoning Request 4 Hrs
Expressing Polite Request (may I Offers
use your pen please? etc.) Complaints
Making
arrangements
Listening
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Employment Lexis of working conditions Writing CVs and 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, salary, Application Letters
Job income, promotions etc.) Job interview
Applications Comparing Adjectives How to write an
Lexis describing character: hard abstract
work, team player, self-starter,
etc.
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

E- business/The IT Vocabulary Writing e-mails 4


Internet Prefixes and their meanings: Describing a
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business transaction.
etc. E.g.: Auction sale.
Writing: Describing a process. Stating aims.
Phrases for meetings (minutes, Agreeing and
secretary, chairperson, agenda, disagreeing
etc.)
Translating a process or a
description
Negotiations Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
Requests, offers negotiation (request,
Typical phrases: starting, making offers, refusals,
offers, refusing, accepting, asking acceptance, etc.)
for clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

Writing Essays Types of essays-argumentative, -Writing an essay 4 Hrs


and Describing descriptive, narrative, picture after a job interview
Photos essays, etc. -Describing Graphs,
Translation of some Commercial tables, etc.
Extracts. -Writing
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and

74
linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining


to the speciality concerned.
LPGEQ 552: ENTERPRISE CREATION (2 credits)
Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of
business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of ideas for business creation
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan

Course content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed :


 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations, typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and economic
profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business plan; if
possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan models).

COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 6


LPGEQ 61: EVALUATION AND CERTIFICATION (6 CREDITS)
LPGEQ 611: CONCEPT OF PERFORMANCE AND AUDIT (2 credits)
Objective
- Master the ISO standard 9004: 2009
- Master the ISO standard 19011
- Subject and structure of ISO standard 19011

The concept of audit and its objectives as management tool


Benefits of an audit
Difference between the various types of audit
Objective and the importance of the document review
Concepts and the connections between the terms related to audit.
Difference between the compliance with certification criteria and legal compliance.

75
Content
- ISO standard 9004 : 9004
- ISO standards 19011
- Audit objectives:
- Classification of audits
- Types of audit
- Meeting the needs

Purpose of Audit
Interest of Audit
- Types of audits
- Repositories
- Meetings

LPGEQ 612: QUALITY CONTROL (2 credits)


Objective
Students shall be able to:
apply statistical tools to monitor and measure a process,
apply and manage an organisation to master the non-conformities,
lead and master the continued improvement process of an institution,
provide reporting to the company management,
distinguish the various costs of obtaining the Quality (cost of prevention, cost of detection,
cost of internal and external failures) and analyse them.
Content
Experimental designs
Monitoring plan - control plans
Data analysis
Non-compliance management
Non-descriptive control
LPGEQ 613: STANDARDISATION AND CERTIFICATION (2 credits)
Objective: Students will be able to:
situate the Quality development in time
Know and understand the major Quality principles and analysis tools.
Know the key standard definitions of Quality.
Conduct Quality awareness in companies to show the personnel the issues and the concepts of
Quality approach.
Be able to apply a Quality approach in accordance with the requirements of the ISO 9001:
2000 standard effectively and pragmatically
Content
Make the difference between standardization and certification
Part I: standardisation and quality
Part II: certification and quality
Accreditation - Certification and standardization
Quality issues and concepts
ISO approach 9000 LPGEQ62: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE (14 credits)

LP GEQ 621: TUTORED PROJECT (4 credits)

76
Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
to learn to work as a team, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.
Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.
LP GEQ : 622 REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND ACADEMIC
INTERNSHIP (10 credits)
Objective:
to present current methodology for writing internship reports
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice

to learn to identify the company in-house issues


to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence
Professional internship and presentation
Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.
LPGEQ 63: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2 (6 CREDITS)
LPGEQ 631: COMPUTING APPLIED TO COMPUTER QUALITY AND
DIGITALISATION APPLIED TO BANK (2 credits)
OBJECTIVE :
To teach students concepts related to information system applied to quality management.
Specific objectives:

77
By the end of this course, the student shall master general concepts of information systems
and their role in an organisation.
The course will enable the student to:
master general notions on information system related to quality, data bases, data base
management systems, relational model, implement a data base in MS Access, master and use
the features of a spread sheet, master the methods and transactions used in quality
management, concept of ERP and its impact on quality, etc.

Content:
The information systems, its features and its role in the quality management. Presentation of
the various data models (DCM, TCM, LDM, etc.): concept, benefits of DBMS: architecture
and components of a DBMS, features of a DBMS, DB and LDM concepts, implementation
and manipulation of data in Ms Access from MLD: through graphical interface and through
SQL queries-DML, use of Excel spread sheet in the information systems on Excel in VBA, on
the electronic quality management, see also the software of quality management. The
management software of QHSE and the issues of such a management system.
LPGEQ 632: INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT (2 credits)
Objective
Integrate a Quality approach, an environmental approach and the personnel security in a
company.
Content
Recall on the structures, organisation, and environment of a company.
Different challenges related to the implementation of a Quality approach
Awareness of the concept of specific company
Impact of the company’s activities on the environment.
Position of administrations and State bodies.
Guidelines of the management system
Management integration of the environment and security
Challenges related to the environment and security management
The integrated management system: Quality - Security - Environment
Associated normative repositories
LPGEQ 633: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC
ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY (2 credits)
Objectives:
- To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and
their influence on its activity;
Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)
LPGEQ 64: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2 (4 CREDITS)

78
LP GEQ 641: FRENCH COMMUNICATION AND EXPRESSION (2
credits)
General objectives:
to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Topic 1: communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
-Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
-Motivation letter
-CV
-Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.
LP GEQ 642 : PROJECTS MANAGEMENT (2 Credits)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a project.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

79
II. MARKETING COURSE PROGRAMME
II. 1. SPECIALISATION: MARKETING COMMUNICATION
Objectives:

Professional bachelor degree in Marketing communication provides training to students


allowing to evolve in marketing and communication field through the mastery of the
communication strategy and the study of marketing tools. It aims at developing the student’s
ability to have a personal reflection on occupational activities, foundation, techniques and
issues of communication.

Job opportunities

The professional bachelor degree of marketing communication prepares for one of the
following jobs:

- Marketing manager
Head of communications
Marketing studies manager
Product manager
Brand manager

Admission

This training is open to any student who holds a bachelor degree of:

HND in commercial action.


HND in communication
L2 (Bacc+2) in communication or in marketing

Organisation

This is a one-year training programme. There are 900 hours distributed as follows: 495 h of
lectures, 225h of tutorials and 30h of practicum. There will also be 150 hours of professional
practice, i.e. 30 hrs or supervised project and 120 hours of internship. The programme
includes fundamental courses, complementary courses and professional practice

80
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor degree (LP3) - Marketing communication
Semester 5
EC workload Nber of
Course code Course title CE code CE title
L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCMK511 Marketing planning 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPCMK51 Planning and
LPCMK512 Press and public relations 30 10 5 - 45 3
9 Credits communication
LPCMK513 Media plan and advertising efficiency measure 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPCMK52 Sponsorship and LPCMK521 Sponsorship and patronage 30 10 5 - 45 3
6 Credits sociology LPCMK522 Sociology of communication 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPCMK53 Information et LPCMK531 Information research methodology 30 10 5 - 45 3
5 Credits communication LPCMK532 Information system 20 5 - 5 30 2
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCMK541 Communication and Advertising Law 20 - 5 5 30 2
LPCMK54 Business
LPCMK542 Inferential statistics 20 10 - - 30 2
6 Credits environment
LPCMK543 Accounting and financial management 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPCMK55 Transversal LPCMK551 English Language 20 5 - 5 30 2
4 Credits subjects 2 LPCMK552 Business creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 90 35 25 450 30
Key : L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

81
SEMESTER 6
Course Workload Nber of
Course code Course title CE code CE title
L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCMK611 Digital communication 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPCMK61 LPCMK612 Communications plan 20 5 5 - 30 2
Communication
6 credits
LPCMK613 Direct marketing and interactive communication 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPCMK62 Professional LPCMK621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
14 Credits practice
LPCMK622 Report writing methodology and professional
30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCMK631 Human resources management 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCMK63 Management and LPCMK632 Advertising creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
6 credits advertising
LPCMK633 National and international business economic
20 5 - 5 30 2
environment
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours

French expression and communication


LPCMK641 20 5 5 30 2
LPCMK64 Transversal
4 Credits subjects 2 Projects management
LPCMK642 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 205 40 15 190 450 30
Key : L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

82
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 5

LPCO51 PLANIFICATION AND COMMUNICATION, 9 CREDITS


LPCMK511 Marketing planning

Objectives:
- To be able to develop a good plan
- To design a dashboard

Content
SITUATION ANALYSIS
REVIEW OF THE MISSION AND THE PURPOSE OF THE COMPANY
External analysis of the company’s components: restrictions, competitions and market
Internal analysis
Summary of the situation analysis
DEVELOPMENT OF MARKETING PLAN
Strategy formulation (of growth, stability, exit, differentiated marketing, specialization,
specified marketing)
Development and marketing programme
 Determining the budget
 Evaluation of the effectiveness of the plan
 Implementation of the plan
SCORECARD
Effectiveness of marketing action
Productivity of distribution channels

LPCMK 512: Press relations and public relations


Objectives:
to make the existence, the action and the purpose of the company known and to develop an
image in the mind of the public in general, the prescribers, the salespersons in particular.
to enable the company to obtain moral support to facilitate the continuation of its activity

Content :
OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS OF PUBLIC AND PRESS RELATIONS
Objectives
Objectives of public relations

83
Objectives of press relations
Main targets
Public relations targets
Press relations targets
PRESS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS RESOURCES
1. Public relations resources
Actions with external audiences
Actions with internal audiences
2 Press relations resources
2.1. Documents to be forwarded to journalists
a. Press release
b. Press kit
c. Advertorial
2.2. Meetings with journalists
a. Press conference - press briefing
b. Press breakfasts
c. Press luncheon
d. Press cocktail
e. Press trip
CASE STUDY
A. Contributions from IVY LEE, the newspaperman
B. IVY LEE, press relations and public relations practitioner
C. IVY LEE, the public relations theorist

LPCMK513 Media plan and advertising efficiency measure


Objectives :

Develop a media plan based on targeted audiences


Establish the communication budget
Select the most efficient media

Content :
THE CHOICE OF MEANS OF COMMUNICATION
1. Initial constraints
a. Available Budget
b. Time limits
c. legislation
2 Adaptation to communication objectives
a. Type of communication objectives and means best suited
b. Type of targets and means best suited
3. Budgetary allocations
a. Envisaged means of communication, selected and proposed
budget
b. About service providers and production

84
MEDIA PLANNING AND ITS STAGES
1. Elements of media choice
a. Availability
b. Consistent with the creative strategy and with the target
c. The speed
2 The steps from the planning media to media plan
a. Financial package allocations
b. Choice of media and definition of message formats
c. Specifying the number of message release or delivery
d. Choice of locations, calculation of the correct costs of campaign
and drawing up a release schedule of messages
3. Description of non-media action and general planning of the campaign.
a. Description of the non-media actions with a specific budget
b. General planning representing the conduct of the campaign
MEASUREMENT OF THE ADVERTISING EFFECTIVENESS

LPCO 52: SPONSORING AND SOCIOLOGY, 6 CREDITS


LPCO521: Sponsorship and patronage
Objectives:
Sensitize to efficiency conditions of the company’s communication action through
sponsorship and patronage.

Content:
FOUNDATIONS AND THEORIES OF THE ORGANISATIONS’ COMMUNICATION
I. Basic theories of communication
A. Media communication
1. Shannon and Weaver communication model
2. Classification and function of media
B. Interpersonal communication
1. Principles of communication according to Bateson, Watzlowick, Hall
and Al
2. Non-verbal communication : a complement to the verbal
communication
II. Company and communication
A. Objective and role
1. Challenges of corporate communication
2. Types of attention and selectivity

85
B. Persuasive communication and its models
1. Learning model or “learn-feel-do” (AISA model)
2. Minimal involvement model or “learn-do-feel”
3. Dissonance model or “do-feel-learn”
CONCEPT OF SPONSORSHIP AND PATRONAGE
I. Definitions and Objectives
A. Definitions and characteristics
1. Definitions
2. Characteristics of the sponsorship and patronage
B. Objectives
1. Brand objectives
2. Firm objectives
II. Participants
A. Sponsorship professionals
1. The intermediaries
2. Agent-advisers and their roles
B. An internal decision-making body
SPONSORSHIP STRATEGY
I. Definition of a tactic
A. Strategic thought
1. The fable of the frog and the ox
2. Taking one's time
3. Mix one's speeches
B. Different forms of sponsorship
1. Nature of the support
2. Sponsorship mode
3. Focus areas and new wave of sponsorship
II. Choice of an event
A. An appropriate sponsorship
1. A credible association
2. An effective investment
3. A decisive speech
B. A quality event
1. Limit the risks
2. Adopt its budget
III. Upgrade the operation
A. Communication techniques

86
1. Press relations: master the operation
2. Public relations: create a favourable climate
3. Advertising and special offer: seduce the audience
4. Internal communication: mobilise employees
B. Control procedure
1. Criteria of success
2. Success measurement
LEGAL AND TAX REGIME IN CAMEROON
I. Legal framework
A. Sponsorship contract
1. Reduce the hazards
2. Essential terms
B. Legal structure
1. Conventional forms: subsidiary and EIG
2. Specific forms: association and foundation
C. Corporate foundation
1. Advantages
2. Disadvantages
3. Assessment
II. Tax regime
A. individual donations
1. Donations deductible from the income tax
2. Donations during succession
3. Donation with right of usufruct for the donor extended to known non-
profit associations.
B. Corporate donations
C. Specific provisions to the non-profit foundation
D. Specific provisions for the cultural patronage
E. Spending related to the provision of historic houses.

LPCMK 522 : Sociology of communication


Objective
This course aims at contextualising an advertising communication or a territorial project, by
presenting the presuppositions, even implicit, and the consequences. By the end of this course,
the student will be able to situate an advertising production in a context of recent or distant
historical mass organisation.

Content

87
- Mass communication
- Sociology of advertising
- Controversial advertising/harmonic advertising

LPCO 53: INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION, 5 CREDITS


LPCMK 531 : Information research methodology
Objective
This course will provide an understanding of the importance of information research.
To present information gathering techniques
To introduce students to the various survey and polling techniques.

Content
OBSERVATION-EXPERIMENTATION-TESTS
ONE-ON-ONE INTERVIEWS
Personal interview
Semi-structured interview
Structured interview
GROUP INTERVIEWS
Overview
Principles of group interview
Types of group interviews
THE QUESTIONNAIRE
Overview
Purpose of questionnaire
Characteristics
Types of frequently asked questions
Writing Tips
Structure of questionnaire
Validation of questionnaire

LPCMK532: Information system


Objectives:
to familiarise students with techniques for setting up an information system

Content:

ORGANISATION, INFORMATION AND INFORMATION SYSTEM


Organisation and information
Organisations and their structures
To better understand information and its role in the company
Information systems
Definition
Historical evolution of information systems
The different components and function of a system
The issue of information systems

88
Different types of information systems
Information systems security
Information system applications
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Carrying out an information project
Reasons for analysing information systems
Stages of analysis
Analysis (or preliminary study)
Design (or detailed study)
Implementation (or realisation)
Monitoring and evaluation (maintenance)
Analysis methods
Preliminary study (analysis of the existing system)
Preliminary analysis
Study of the existence
Description and evaluation of future systems
The specifications
Content of the specifications
The flow chart
Practical exercise
Information Flow Diagram
Symbols in the document flow diagram
Practical exercise
Documents analysis grid
The headings
Basic headings
Synonymous headings
Polysome headings
Documents
Types of headings
Parameter headings
Arithmetic headings
Logical headings
The Merise analysis method
The Merise presentation
Conceptual level
Organisational or logical level
Physical or operational level
Levels of information systems analysis
The Conceptual data model
Definition
Basic design of the CDM
Entity
The association
Property
Cardinality
Functional dependencies
Functional dependencies between properties
Elementary dependency
Direct dependency

89
Functional dependencies between entities
Standardisation of entities
First normal form
Second normal form
Third normal form
Standardisation of associations
Types of association
Hierarchical associations
Property-bearing associations
Elaboration of conceptual data model
Definition of data dictionary
Definition of functional dependency graph or matrix
Practical exercise
The conceptual model of treatment (MCT)
Basic Concept
The event
The operation
The synchronisation
Formalism
Example
Management rule
MCT
Comment

LPCMK 54: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT, 6 Credits


LPCMK 541: Communication and Advertising Law
Objective
To provide students with knowledge on information and communication law
To allow them to distinguish between the information laws that governs the content, i.e. the
information that circulates and is disseminated to others, and the communication law that
rules the container.
Understanding the concept of cyber-criminality
Content
Principle of freedom of communication
Communication bodies
Communication content: information, copyright and neighbouring rights
Offences committed through the communication media (press offences and cybercrime:
constituent element and penalties)
Communication litigation: the bodies, the courts, the procedure.

LPCMK 542 : Inferential statistics


Objectives: By the end of this course, the student will be able to generalise a mother
population using conclusions observed from a sample.

Content:
Part I: PROBABILITY
Random variable applied to quality management

90
Discrete random variable (laws of probability and characteristics)
Continuous random variable (probability density and characteristics)
Standard probability laws applied to quality management
Discrete probability laws (Binomial laws, Poisson law)
Continuous probability laws (normal law, exponential law)
Part II: STATISTICAL INFERENCE
Sampling technique
Estimation problem (point estimation and confidence interval estimation)
Hypothesis testing problems (parametric and non-parametric tests)
Comparison tests of means and proportions, Chi-square tests.

LPCMK 543 : Accounting and Financial Management


Objectives :
to master the appropriate framework for accounting and financial management
to determine the result of an activity using a balance sheet
to carry out the analysis of functional and financial balance sheet using appropriate
methods
to measures the company's self-financing capacity and cash flow
To draw up the financial statements

Content:
INCOME STATEMENTS ANALYSIS
I. Presentation and structure of the income statement
C. Presentation of the income statement
D. Structure of the income statement
II. Significant management balances
D. Definition and calculation based on schematic accounts
E. Calculation by filling in the forms of the normal system
F. Definition and calculation of self-financing capacity
III. Income statement analysis by function
D. Notion of function
E. Analysis of expenses by functions
F. Presentation of the functional operating table
IV. Income statement analysis by variability
E. Variability of expenses
F. Analysis of expenses by variability
G. Presentation of the differential operating table
H. Break-even point
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
I. Accounting balance sheet
C. Stable jobs and resources
D. Current jobs and resources

91
II. Functional balance sheet
D. Adjustment and reclassification of asset items
E. Adjustment and reclassification of liability items
F. Working capital, needs for working capital, treasury
III. Financial balance sheet
C. Liquidity balance sheet items
D. Shifting from accounting balance sheet to liquidated balance sheet
IV. Ratios
C. Use of ratios
D. Key ratios and their meaning
DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
I. Normative working capital
C. Definition and principle
D. Application
II. Statement of source and expenditure of funds (TAFIRE)
C. Principle
D. Filling in the table
III. Financing plan
C. Definition and principle
D. Application

LPCMK 55 TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1, 4 CREDITS

LPCMK 551: English Language


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Company Job titles Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure Departments job/Company
Revision of Tenses Drawing an
Some Translation Techniques organisational chart
and Practical exercises. Reading

92
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
Telephoning Phrases for telephoning Request 4 Hrs
Expressing Polite Request (may I Offers
use your pen please? etc.) Complaints
Making
arrangements
Listening
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Employment Lexis of working conditions Writing CVs and 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, salary, Application Letters
Job income, promotions etc.) Job interview
Applications Comparing Adjectives How to write an
Lexis describing character: hard abstract
work, team player, self-starter
etc.
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

4 E- business/The IT Vocabulary Writing e-mails 4


Internet Prefixes and their meanings: Describing a
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business transaction.
etc. E.g.: Auction sale.
Writing: Describing a process. Stating aims.
Phrases for meetings (minutes, Agreeing and
secretary, chairperson, agenda, disagreeing
etc.)
Translating a process or a
description
5 Negotiations Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
Requests, offers negotiation (request,
Typical phrases: starting, making offers, refusals,
offers, refusing, accepting, asking acceptance, etc.)
for clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

6 Writing Essays Types of essays-argumentative, -Writing an essay 4 Hrs


and Describing descriptive, narrative, picture after a job interview

93
Photos essays, etc. -Describing Graphs,
Translation of some Commercial tables, etc.
Extracts. -Writing
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and
linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the speciality
concerned.

LPCMK 552: Business creation


Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of
business creation. By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of business creation ideas
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics essential for the success of a project
 present the stages of business creation
 present the steps in the development of a business plan

Content:
To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:
 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

94
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 6
LPCMK 61: COMMUNICATION, 6 CREDITS
LPCMK611: Digital communication
Objective : To master online communication techniques, actors and strategies

Content
Online communication techniques
Types of online advertisements
Tracking technologies (online posting of advertisements by advertising agencies, ability to
collect information, ability to track Internet users)
Online advertisement systems
The actors of online communication
Online communication strategies

LPCMK 612: Communication plan


Objectives:
- Identify all the methods, means and actions directed to internal and external audiences.
- Bring out the communication techniques that can be used by the management.

Content:
- Reminder and definitions of some concepts of the communication plan
- Objectives of communication and of communication plan.
- Different targets of communication.
- Communication mix
- Communication strategies
- Types of communication
- Content of the communication plan
- Process of drafting a communication plan, prior to the drafting, drafting
- Creative orientations, realisations, concept techniques and production
- Budget and schedule, assessment of results, media assessment grid.
- Methodology for the situation analysis of communication plan
- Budgeting

LPCMK 613 : Direct marketing and interactive communication


Objectives:
Know the tools of direct marketing and be able to use them.
For more efficiency, this teaching must take its examples in the fields of communication and
sales.

95
Content :
I. HOW TO INTERGRATE DIRECT MARKETING INTO THE SALES POLICY
A. Presentation of direct marketing (definition, objectives, basics of direct
marketing, files).
B. Tools of direct marketing.
1. Mailing or direct mail.
2. Telephone (phoning or telephone marketing)
3. Press ad
4. Unaddressed direct mail
5. Telemarketing
6. Internet
7. Television
II. SALES PROMOTION
A. Sales promotion on consumers
B. Promotional campaign on distributors
C. Promotion for sellers
D. Promotion for prescribers
E. POS advertising and point of sale communication.
III. INTERACTIVE MARKETING
A. Advantages and disadvantages of interactive marketing
B. The different tools of the interactive marketing (website, microsite,
sponsored links, e-parraining, and Internet video).
IV. WORD OF MOUTH MARKETING AND VIRAL MARKETING
A. Buzz and viral marketing
B. Onion leader
C. Blogs

LPCMK 621: TUTORED PROJECT


Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.

96
Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

RLPCMK 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND PROFESSIONAL


INTERNSHIP
Objective:
to present current methodology for writing internship reports
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice
to learn to identify the company in-house issues
to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)

Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports


Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence

Professional internship and presentation


Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of an internship report that will be presented before a
jury. The internship report is an academic production that enables to assess the candidate's
aptitude to make a presentation on a theme related to the speciality/profession.

LPCMK 631: Human resources management


Objective
- to master the fundamentals of human resources management
- to master the sub-functions of HRM
- to master steering and decision-support tools in HRM

97
Content
Generalities on HRM: Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.
HR sub-functions: Personnel administration (HR), recruitment, evaluation, training, career
management, remuneration (employee's record, salary components, wage calculation, etc.),
GPEC (jobs and skills forecast management).
Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard

LPCMK 632: CREATIVE ADVERTISING


Objective: To introduce students to creative advertising techniques and process.
Content:
Understanding advertising arguments in question
Creation, creativity, creativity techniques
Assessing creation: How to recognise a good idea
Advertising effectiveness
Advertising rhetoric
Advertising reasoning based on the cases
How to communicate a concept?
The brief (specifications): starting point of the agency-advertiser relationship.
CONTENT OF THE BRIEF
Modalities for elaborating the brief at the advertiser's
Presentation of the brief and establishing relationships between teams
History of the agency
Gradual development of services
Overall management of communications
Structure and creative professions
VI- The brainstorming
Goals of Lateral thinking
Principles of brainstorming
Basic rules of brainstorming according to Lateral thinking
Group modalities as a general rule
Different stages of a creativity session

LPCO 633: National and international business economic environment


Objectives: To study the components of national and international environment of the company
and their impact on its activity

Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion
of corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)
- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,
macro-micro-meso environment, etc.)
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of company's activity (the internationalisation factors, the internalisation
process, the stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)

LPCMK 64: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2, 4 CREDITS

98
LPCMK 641: French expression and communication
Objectives:
- to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
- to familiarise students with professional communication theories.

Content:
Topic 1: Communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2 : The administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
-Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
-Motivation letter
-CV
-Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.

LPCMK 642: PROJECTS MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVES
To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a project.

CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer

99
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

100
II.2. SPECIALITY: MARKETING TRADE SALE

Objectives:

This Bachelor's degree programme aims to train operational managers capable of supporting
development of commercial dimension and marketing function (detection of needs,
development and implementation of the communication plan, mastery of direct marketing,
management of a sales team, carrying out market research, database management)

Job opportunities

The professions covered by the Bachelor's degree in Operational marketing manager are the
following:
- Marketing managers
Product head/brand manager
Head of department
Procurement officer
Sales team manager
Merchandising manager
Sales manager

Admission

The training is intended for students holding a BTS, DUT, DEUG, DSEP or an equivalent
diploma in communication or commercial action and having a basic general training in
computer science. This Bachelor's degree programme is also available for in-service training.
Prerequisite: market research and introduction to marketing analytics
Organisation

This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses.
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training consists of 900 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical work.

101
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor degree (LP3) – MARKETING TRADE SALE
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPMCV Strategic and LPMCV511 Operational marketing 30 10 5 - 45 3
51 operational LPMCV512 Strategic marketing 20 5 - 5 30 2
8 Credits marketing LPMCV513 Services marketing 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPMCV LPMCV521 Mass distribution strategy 20 5 - 5 30 2
Purchase and
52 LPMCV522 Sale and supply 30 5 10 - 45 3
distribution
7 Credits LPMCV523 Merchandising 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPMCV LPMCV 531 E-Commerce 20 5 - 5 30 2
Trading and
53
digitalisation LPMCV 532 Trading and sales 30 5 10 - 45 3
5 Credits
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPMCV LPMCV541 Consumer and distribution law 20 5 - 5 30 2
Business
54 LPMCV 542 Inferential statistics 20 10 - - 30 2
environment 1
6 Credits LPMCV 543 Accounting and financial management 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPMCV LPMCV551 English Language 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal subjects
55
2 LPMCV552 Business creation 20 5 5 30 2
4 Credits
TOTAL 300 80 30 40 450 30
Key : L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

102
Course Workload Nber of
Course code Course title CE code CE title
L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPMCV 611 B to B sale 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPMCV 61 LPMCV 612 Customer relation management
Management and 20 5 5 - 30 2
6 credits
sale
LPMCV 613 Sales force management
20 5 5 - 30 2
LPMCV 62 Professional LPMCV 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
14 credits practice LPMCV622 Report writing methodology and professional
30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPMCV 631 Survey methodology and techniques 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPMCV 632 Data analysis 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPMCV 63 Business
6 credits environment 1 LPMCV 633 National and international business economic
environment 20 5 - 5 30 2

Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours


LPMCV 64 Transversal LPMCV 641 French expression and communication 20 5 5 30 2
4 credits subjects 2 LPMCV 642 Projects management 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 205 40 15 190 450 30
SEMESTER 6
Legend: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

103
COURSE CONTENT

SEMESTER 5

LPMCV 51: STRATEGIC AND OPERATIONAL MARKETING, 8 CREDITS

LPMCV 511 OPERATIONAL MARKETING


Objectives:
to understand the logics of operational marketing
to master the tools and techniques
to bring out the link with strategic marketing
to insert the operational marketing in one’s marketing plan and commercial actions

Content
To position operational marketing in the enterprise
Specify the basic principles and concepts of the operational marketing, the tools and the
techniques (files, BDD, etc.), the sponsorship, the press relations and the other non-media
techniques, internet, customer relationship management (CRM).
to highlight the basic principles and concepts of operational marketing as well as its
tools and techniques (good knowledge of the 4Ps)
Monitoring and controlling results, operational marketing plan and communication plan

LPMCV 512: STRATEGIC MARKETING

Objective: to master strategic marketing approach and tools

Content
- Analyse the situation of the company
- Segmentation –targeting – positioning

LPMCV 513: SERVICES MARKETING


Objective
This course aims at presenting to the student, the specificities of the service marketing and the
service marketing policy.

Content
Reference framework for services marketing
Specificities of services in relation to goods
Positioning a service offer
Service companies' strategic stakes
Services marketing: a multidimensional marketing
Quality, an essential stake for customer satisfaction and loyalty
Services mix

LPMCV 52: PURCHASE AND DISTRIBUTION, 7 CREDITS

104
LPMCV 521: MASS DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY

Objective: to introduce students to the dynamics of mass distribution by highlighting the main
strategies used there.

Content:
Development and competition in mass distribution
Generic strategies in distribution
Upstream trading strategies
Majors changes in mass distribution

LPMCV 522: PURCHASE AND SUPPLY


Objective: to introduce the learners to various strategies and techniques used by companies in
their purchase activities.

Content:
- Purchase process of the company
- Purchasing strategies
- Supply management

LPMCV523: MERCHANDISING
Objective: to introduce students to merchandising techniques.

Content:
- The concept of merchandising (the 5 R of Kepner, etc.)
- Dimensions of merchandising at the point of sale: organisational merchandising,
management merchandising and seductive merchandising.
- Assortment management
- Use of the sales space
- Point of sale animation
- Evaluation of merchandising actions

LPMCV 53 TRADING AND DIGITALISATION, 5 CREDITS

LPMCV 531: E. COMMERCE


Objective:
The course will enable the student to:
- understand the concepts of e-commerce
- identify the means and intermediaries of online international trade transactions (means
of purchase and payment, banks, ISPs and other intermediaries).
- know the security measures used in e-commerce.
- use e-commerce platforms such as AMAZON (see also local platforms).

105
- improve the time management of sales representatives.
- automatically manage the commission ceilings of prospectors and account
consignator.
- automatically manage customer receivable
- automatically manage supplies

Content :
- Introduction the e-commerce world
- Different types of relation in e-commerce
- Role of intermediaries in international trade
- Order-purchase-delivery-payment process in e-commerce
- Order-purchase-delivery-payment means in e-commerce.
- Description of the elements that determine the ergonomics, the beauty and the user-
friendliness website of an online business.
- Different security technologies of e-commerce.
- Description of the asymmetric key infrastructure in e-commerce;
- Role of Website certificates;
- Identification of the various advertising means used by online companies to attract
new customers.
- Deliveries and returns management in e-commerce
- Searching for partners through internet
- Use of renowned e-commerce platforms
- Use of software allowing to further transactions between third parties.
Use of appropriate tools.

LPMCV 532 TRADING AND SALES


Objective: Master the techniques of trading and sales

Content:
NEGOTIATION:
Preparation for negotiation
Negotiation tactics
Negotiation tools

106
Negotiation strategies
Different forms of negotiation
SALE:
Preparation of the sale
Salesmanship
Processing of objections
Tactics in sales

LPMCV 54 BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1 (6 CREDITS)

LPMCV541: CONSUMER AND DISTRIBUTION LAW


Objective
- To enable students to identify the various legal techniques for consumer protection in
dealing with professionals such as salespersons
- To get acquainted with the evolution of the forms of distribution, operators and main
rules governing distribution operations.

Content
General Introduction (definition of terms, importance of competitiveness and consumption
law, subjects and sources)
 PROTECTION OF THE CONSUMER
Before the contract
During the contract
After the contract
 PROTECTION OF COMPETITORS:
Distortion of competition
Diversity of penalties
 Distribution law
- General introduction
- Definition of terms
- Purpose of the consumer law
- Subjects and sources of the consumer law
SPECIAL ADVERTISING REGIMES
- Advertising regime according to the medium used
- Audio visual advertising

107
- Print advertising
- Poster advertising
COMPARATIVE ADVERTISING
- Overview
- Conditions for the validity of comparative advertising
MISLEADING ADVERTISING
SUBORDINATED ACTORS
- Ordinary employees
- Independent actors: intermediaries
- Broker and commercial agent
- Commission agent
INDEPENDENT ACTORS: RESELLERS

LPMCV542: INFERENTIAL STATISTIC


Objectives : By the end of this course, the student will be able to generalise a mother
population using conclusions observed from a sample.

Content:
Part I: PROBABILITY
Random variable applied to quality management
Discrete random variable (laws of probability and characteristics)
Continuous random variable (probability density and characteristics)
Standard probability laws applied to quality management
Discrete probability laws (Binomial laws, Poisson law)
Continuous probability laws (normal law, exponential law)
Part II: STATISTICAL INFERENCE
Sampling technique
Estimation problem (point estimation and confidence interval estimation)
Hypothesis testing problems (parametric and non-parametric tests)
Comparison tests of means and proportions, Chi-square tests.

LPMCV 543: ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


Objectives :
to master the appropriate framework for accounting and financial management
to determine the result of an activity using a balance sheet
to carry out the analysis of functional and financial balance sheet using appropriate
methods
to measures the company's self-financing capacity and cash flow
To draw up the financial statements

Content:
INCOME STATEMENTS ANALYSIS
I. Presentation and structure of the income statement
E. Presentation of the income statement

108
F. Structure of the income statement
II. Significant management balances
G. Definition and calculation based on schematic accounts
H. Calculation by filling in the forms of the normal system
I. Definition and calculation of self-financing capacity
III. Income statement analysis by function
G. Notion of function
H. Analysis of expenses by functions
I. Presentation of the functional operating table
IV. Income statement analysis by variability
I. Variability of expenses
J. Analysis of expenses by variability
K. Presentation of the differential operating table
L. Break-even point
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
I. Accounting balance sheet
E. Stable jobs and resources
F. Current jobs and resources
II. Functional balance sheet
G. Adjustment and reclassification of asset items
H. Adjustment and reclassification of liability items
I. Working capital, needs for working capital, treasury
III. Financial balance sheet
E. Liquidity balance sheet items
F. Shifting from accounting balance sheet to liquidated balance sheet
IV. Ratios
E. Use of ratios
F. Key ratios and their meaning
DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
I. Normative working capital
E. Definition and principle
F. Application
II. Statement of source and expenditure of funds (TAFIRE)
E. Principle
F. Filling in the table

109
III. Financing plan
E. Definition and principle
F. Application

LPMCV 55 TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1, 4 CREDITS

LPMCV 551: English Language


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Company Job titles Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure Departments job/Company
Revision of Tenses Drawing an
Some Translation Techniques organisational chart
and Practical exercises. Reading
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
Telephoning Phrases for telephoning Request 4 Hrs
Expressing Polite Request (may I Offers
use your pen please? etc.) Complaints
Making
arrangements
Listening
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Employment Lexis of working conditions Writing CVs and 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, salary, Application Letters
Job income, promotions etc.) Job interview
Applications Comparing Adjectives How to write an
Lexis describing character: hard abstract

110
work, team player, self-starter
etc.
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

4 E- business/The IT Vocabulary Writing e-mails 4


Internet Prefixes and their meanings: Describing a
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business transaction.
etc. E.g.: Auction sale.
Writing: Describing a process. Stating aims.
Phrases for meetings (minutes, Agreeing and
secretary, chairperson, agenda, disagreeing
etc.)
Translating a process or a
description
5 Negotiations Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
Requests, offers negotiation (request,
Typical phrases: starting, making offers, refusals,
offers, refusing, accepting, asking acceptance, etc.)
for clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

6 Writing Essays Types of essays-argumentative,


-Writing an essay 4 Hrs
and Describing descriptive, narrative, picture
after a job interview
Photos essays, etc. -Describing Graphs,
Translation of some Commercial
tables, etc.
Extracts. -Writing
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and
linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the speciality
concerned.

LPMCV 552: BUSINESS CREATION


Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of
business creation. By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of business creation ideas
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are essential for the success of a project
 present the stages of business creation
 present the steps in the development of a business plan

111
Content:
To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:
 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 6
LPMCV 61 MANAGEMENT AND SALE, 6 CREDITS

LPMCV 611: B TO B SALE


Objective: Allow students to master the specificities of the B to B sale.

Content
- Specificities of the B to B marketing
- Difference between individual purchase and industrial purchase.
- Characteristics of the B to B purchasing behaviour.
- B to B purchase process.
- Actors in the B to B purchase process.

LPMCV612 : CUSTOMER RELATION MANAGEMENT


Objective:
Allow learners to master the claim management with customers to secure their loyalty.

Content:
- CRM key concepts
- CRM tools
- Life time value

112
- Database management
- Customer loyalty
- Claim management

LPMCV 613: SALES FORCE MANAGEMENT


Objective:
To show the students the different aspects of the sales force management.

Content:
- Missions, composition and organisation of the sales force
- Sales team management (recruitment, training, action planning of each salesperson, payment
of sellers, boosting the sales team)
- Controlling the seller activity

LPMCV 62 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES, 14 CREDITS

LPMCV621: TUTORED PROJECT


Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
to learn to work as a team, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.
Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LPMCV 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND


PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP
Objective:
to present current methodology for writing internship reports
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice
to learn to identify the company in-house issues
to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)

Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports


Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report

113
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence

Professional internship and presentation


Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of an internship report that will be presented before a
jury. The internship report is an academic production that enables to assess the candidate's
aptitude to make a presentation on a theme related to the speciality/profession.

LPMCV 63 BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1, 6 CREDITS


LPMCV 631: SURVEY METHODOLOGY AND TECHNIQUES
Objective
This course will provide an understanding of the importance of information research
To present information gathering techniques
To introduce students to the various survey and polling techniques

Content
OBSERVATION-EXPERIMENTATION-TESTS
ONE-ON-ONE INTERVIEWS
Personal interview
Semi-structured interview
Structured interview
GROUP INTERVIEWS
Overview
Principles of group interview
Types of group interviews
THE QUESTIONNAIRE
Overview
Purpose of questionnaire
Characteristics
Types of frequently asked questions
Writing Tips
Structure of questionnaire
Validation of questionnaire

LPMCV632 : DATA ANALYSIS

Objectives :
By the end of this course, students will be able to conduct statistical analyses of one-
dimensional and two-dimensional data in an analytical manner using a software (Excel,
SPSS).

114
Content:
- Reminders on descriptive statistics: characteristics of central tendency and dispersion,
notion of concentration, graphical representation, etc.
- Inferential statistics: point estimation, confidence interval estimation, determination of
sample size, tests of comparison of means and proportions, CHI SQUARE test,
Student test, correlation test, ANOVA and simple regression tests, etc.
- Reminders on statistical data analysis
- Statistical analyses of one-dimensional data (descriptive analysis,
explanatory analysis)
- Statistical analyses of two-dimensional data (highlighting the possible relationship
that may exist between two variables)
I. THEORETICAL NOTIONS
• Introduction to data analysis
- Purpose
- Data (definition and typology)
- Statistical problem related to data collection
- Type of survey question and type of variable in statistics
- Processing questionnaires
• One-dimensional analysis of qualitative variables
- Graphic analysis (organ pipes, circular sectors and band representation)
- Numerical analysis: use the graphical representation or table to determine and
interpret the modality)
• Explanatory analysis of qualitative variables (Chi-square test)
- Hypothesis tests (null and alternative)
- Calculation of the expected value of the value
- From the empirical KHI-square
- Determination of the number of degrees of freedom
- Decision-making (limited to the goodness-of-fit test for the uniform distribution)
• One-dimensional analysis of quantitative variables
- Differential flow chart (bar chart, histogram, interpretation)
- Integral flow chart (cumulative curves, with emphasis on the direction of
cumulative headcount)
• Numerical analysis

115
- Determination and interpretation of central tendency characteristics (mode,
median and mean)
- Determination and interpretation of dispersion characteristics (variance, standard
deviation, coefficient of variation)
- Calculation and interpretation of shape characteristics
- two dimensional analysis of a couple (contingency table and Chi-square
independence test)
- Two-dimensional analysis of a pair of quantitative variables
- Scatterplot (graphical or descriptive analysis)
- Linear correlation coefficient determination and interpretation
- Determination and representation of simple regression lines by the least squares
method (discuss the exponential fitting method)

II. A CASE STUDY ON DATA ANALYSIS SOFTWARE (SPSS, EXCEL, etc.)

LPMCV 633: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC


ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY
Objectives:
- To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and
their influence on its activity;

Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the
notion of corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)
- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,
macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)

LPMCV 64 TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2, 4 CREDITS

LPMCV 641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION

Objectives:
- to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
- to familiarise students with professional communication theories.

116
Content:
Topic 1: Communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: The administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
- Motivation letter
- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.

LPMCV642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT


Objectives:
To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a project.

CONTENT:
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

II.3. SPECIALITY: OPERATIONAL MARKETING MANAGER


Objectives:

117
This Bachelor's degree programme aims to train operational managers capable of supporting
the development of commercial dimension and marketing function (detection of needs,
development and implementation of the communication plan, mastery of direct marketing,
management of a sales team, carrying out market research, database management).

Job opportunities

The professions covered by the Bachelor's degree in Operational Marketing Manager are the
following:
- Marketing managers
Product head/brand manager
Procurement officer
Sales team manager
Sales manager

Admission

The training is intended for students holding a BTS, DUT, DEUG, DSEP or an equivalent
diploma in communication or commercial action and having a basic general training in
computer science. This Bachelor's degree programme is also available for in-service training.

Organisation

This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses.
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training consists of 900 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical work.

118
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Professional Bachelor's degree (LP3) – OPERATIONAL MARKETING MANAGER
Semester 5
EC workload Nber of
Course code Course title CE code CE title
L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPMMO 511 Trade negotiation 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPMMO 51
Marketing tools LPMMO 512 Marketing audit 30 10 5 - 45 3
9 Credits
LPMMO 513 Marketing studies 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPMMO 52 Marketing LPMMO 521 Services marketing 20 5 - 5 30 2
5 Credits management LPMMO 522 Operational marketing 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPMMO 53 LPMMO 531 Brand management 30 10 - 5 45 3
Brand and digital
6 Credits LPMMO 532 Digital marketing 30 5 10 - 45 3
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPMMO 541 Consumer and distribution law 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPMMO 54 Business
LPMMO 542 Inferential statistics 20 10 - - 30 2
6 Credits environment 1
LPMMO 543 Accounting and financial management 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPMMO55 Transversal LPMMO551 English Language 20 5 5 30 2
4 Credits subjects 2 LPMMO 552 Business creation 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 90 35 25 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work
SEMESTER 6
Course Workload Nber of
Course code Course title CE code CE title
L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPMMO 611 Marketing planning 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPMMO 612 Direct marketing
LPMMO61 Marketing and 20 5 5 - 30 2
6 credits communication
LPMMO 613 Introduction to the production of advertising
20 5 5 - 30 2
spots
LPMMO 62 Professional LPMMO 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
14 Credits practice LPMMO 622 Report writing methodology and professional
30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPMMO 631 Personal development and leadership 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPMMO63 Business
LPMMO 632 Data analysis 20 5 - 5 30 2
6 credits environment 2
LPMMO 633 Economic environment of the company 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPMMO 64 Transversal LPMMO 641 French expression and communication 20 5 5 30 2
4 credits subjects 2 LPMMO 642 Projects management 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30

Legend: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work


COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 5
LPMMO 51: MARKETING TOOLS, 9 CREDITS
LPMMO 511: TRADE NEGOTIATION
Objective
To help future sales representatives improve their know-how and develop their trade
negotiation skills.
Contribute to the personal development of sales representatives who wish to improve their
level of expertise and professionalism and thus their results.

Content
Overall framework of the negotiation game
Main components of negotiation
Main tools used by a negotiator
Types of negotiation and style of negotiator
Various negotiation profiles
How can you improve your negotiating style?
Negotiation strategy, techniques and tactics
Technical and tactical strategies (an essential package for the negotiator)
Negotiation in eight stages
Specificities of the key account approach. How to develop one's potential as a trade
negotiator?

LPMMO 512: MARKETING AUDIT


Objective
To make an inventory of the overall marketing function (objectives, policies, organisation,
methods and personnel)
To take stock of marketing actions in order to optimise its place and its impact on the business
activities.

Content
Analysis of data external to the company, of the environment, the markets, the
competitiveness
Analysis of data internal to the company, analysis of the products, strength of the sales,
dissemination, communication, customers, analysis of strengths/weaknesses,
opportunities/threats

LPMMO 513: MARKETING STUDIES


Objectives:
to master the main stages of a trade study
to select a technique depending on the nature of the marketing problem to be solved
to master the drafting of a study report
Content
Drafting of the study project
Documentary studies
Qualitative studies
Quantitative studies
Drafting of the study project

121
LPMMO 52 MARKETING MANAGEMENT, 5 CREDITS

LPMMO 521: SERVICES MARKETING


Objective
This course aims at presenting to the student, the specificities of the service marketing and the
service marketing policy.

Content
Reference framework of services marketing
Specificities of services as compared to goods
Positioning of a service offer
Strategic stakes of service companies
Services marketing: a multidimensional marketing
Quality as essential stake for customers’ satisfaction and loyalty
Services mix

LPMMO 522: OPERATIONAL MARKETING


Objective
to understand the logics of operational marketing
to master the tools and techniques
to insert the operational marketing in one’s marketing plan and commercial actions

Content
- to position operational marketing in the marketing strategy
- to highlight the basic principles and concepts of operational marketing as well as its
tools and techniques (good knowledge of the 4Ps)
- Follow-up and evaluation of marketing actions

LPMMO 53 BRANDS AND DIGITAL, 6 CREDITS

LPMMO 531: BRAND MANAGEMENT


Objectives:
To enable learners to understand the importance of the brand for the company and its
customers by identifying the different aspects of brand management.
To understand the choices marketing practitioners face when managing their brand

Content
Definition and measurement of brand equity, brand equity development tools, principles of
strategic brand management, brand equity development strategies, brand protection, strategies
to ensure brand equity sustainability

LPMMO 532: DIGITAL MARKETING


Objective
To master the basic concepts of digital marketing

122
- To master digital marketing tools and techniques
- Master digital marketing applications

Content
- The digital marketing concept
- The digital marketing mix
- Digital marketing tools
- The digital marketing applications

LPMMO 54: ENTERPRISE ENVIRONMENT 1, 6 CREDITS

LPMMO541: CONSUMER AND DISTRIBUTION LAW


Objective
- To enable students to identify the various legal techniques for consumer protection in
dealing with professionals such as salespersons
- To get acquainted with the evolution of the forms of distribution, operators and main
rules governing distribution operations.

Content
General Introduction (definition of terms, importance of competitiveness and consumption
law, subjects and sources)
 PROTECTION OF THE CONSUMER
Before the contract
During the contract
After the contract
 PROTECTION OF COMPETITORS:
Distortion of competition
Diversity of penalties
 Distribution law
- General introduction
- Definition of terms
- Purpose of the consumer law
- Subjects and sources of the consumer law
SPECIAL ADVERTISING REGIMES
- Advertising regime according to the medium used
- Audio visual advertising
- Print advertising

123
- Poster advertising
COMPARATIVE ADVERTISING
- Overview
- Conditions for the validity of comparative advertising
MISLEADING ADVERTISING
SUBORDINATED ACTORS
- Ordinary employees
- Independent actors: intermediaries
- Broker and commercial agent
- Commission agent
INDEPENDENT ACTORS: RESELLERS

LPMMO 542: INFERENTIAL STATISTIC


Objectives:
By the end of this course, the student will be able to generalise a mother population
using conclusions observed from a sample.

Content:
Part I: PROBABILITY
Random variable applied to quality management
Discrete random variable (laws of probability and characteristics)
Continuous random variable (probability density and characteristics)
Standard probability laws applied to quality management
Discrete probability laws (Binomial laws, Poisson law)
Continuous probability laws (normal law, exponential law)
Part II: STATISTICAL INFERENCE
Sampling technique
Estimation problem (point estimation and confidence interval estimation)
Hypothesis testing problems (parametric and non-parametric tests)
Comparison tests of means and proportions, Chi-square tests.

LPMMO 543: ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


Objectives:
to master the appropriate framework for accounting and financial management
to determine the result of an activity using a balance sheet
to carry out the analysis of functional and financial balance sheet using appropriate
methods
to measures the company's self-financing capacity and cash flow
To draw up the financial statements

Content:

124
INCOME STATEMENTS ANALYSIS
I. Presentation and structure of the income statement
G. Presentation of the income statement
H. Structure of the income statement
II. Significant management balances
J. Definition and calculation based on schematic accounts
K. Calculation by filling in the forms of the normal system
L. Definition and calculation of self-financing capacity
III. Income statement analysis by function
J. Notion of function
K. Analysis of expenses by functions
L. Presentation of the functional operating table
IV. Income statement analysis by variability
M. Variability of expenses
N. Analysis of expenses by variability
O. Presentation of the differential operating table
P. Break-even point
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
I. Accounting balance sheet
G. Stable jobs and resources
H. Current jobs and resources
II. Functional balance sheet
M. Adjustment and reclassification of asset items
N. Adjustment and reclassification of liability items
O. Working capital, needs for working capital, treasury
III. Financial balance sheet
G. Liquidity balance sheet items
H. Shifting from accounting balance sheet to liquidated balance sheet
IV. Ratios
G. Use of ratios
H. Key ratios and their meaning
DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
I. Normative working capital
G. Definition and principle
H. Application

125
II. Statement of source and expenditure of funds (TAFIRE)
G. Principle
H. Filling in the table
III. Financing plan
G. Definition and principle
H. Application

LPMMO 55 TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1, 4 CREDITS

LPMMO 551: English Language


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
VOCABULARY
WEEK TOPIC Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Describing your
job/Company
Job titles Drawing an organisational
Departments chart
Company
Revision of Tenses Reading Comprehension 4 Hrs
Structure
Some Translation Techniques and passages based on the
Practical exercises. speciality concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
Request
Offers
Complaints
Phrases for telephoning Making arrangements
Telephoning Expressing Polite Request (may I Listening Comprehension 4 Hrs
use your pen please? etc.) passages based on the
speciality concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Lexis of working conditions
(perks, benefits, holidays, salary,
Employment Writing CVs and
income, promotions etc.)
and Application Letters
Comparing Adjectives 4 Hrs
Job Job interview
Lexis describing character: hard
Applications How to write an abstract
work, team player, self-starter
etc.

126
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa
IT Vocabulary
Prefixes and their meanings:
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, Writing e-mails
etc. Describing a business
E-
Writing: Describing a process. transaction. E.g.: Auction
4 business/The 4
Phrases for meetings (minutes, sale.
Internet
secretary, chairperson, agenda, Stating aims.
etc.) Agreeing and disagreeing
Translating a process or a
description
Typical functions of
Conditionals negotiation (request,
Requests, offers offers, refusals,
Typical phrases: starting, making acceptance, etc.)
5 Negotiations offers, refusing, accepting, asking -Writing a Speech 4 Hrs
for clarification, bargaining -Self-Introduction
Grammar: Reported Speech -Introducing Others
- Interviewing

-Writing an essay after a


job interview
Types of essays-argumentative,
Writing -Describing Graphs, tables,
descriptive, narrative, picture
Essays and etc.
6 essays, etc. 4 Hrs
Describing -Writing argumentative
Translation of some Commercial
Photos essays, emphasizing on
Extracts.
paragraphing and linking
words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the speciality
concerned.

LPMCI 552: BUSINESS CREATION


Objectives:
Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of business creation ideas
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are essential for the success of a project
 present the stages of business creation
 present the steps in the development of a business plan

Content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:

127
 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSES CONTENT OF SEMESTER 6


LPMMO 61 MARKETING AND COMMUNICATION, 6 CREDITS

LPMMO 611: MARKETING PLANNING


Objectives:
- to be able to develop a good plan
- to design a scoreboard

Content:
Strategic Choices
Elaboration of the marketing plan
Budgeting
Implementation of the plan (commercial action plan)
Evaluation of the effectiveness of the plan

LPMMO 612: DIRECT MARKETING


Objective:
to master direct marketing tools and techniques and their implementation

Content:
Direct marketing concepts (characteristics, direct marketing scope, etc.)
Importance of direct marketing for enterprises
Direct marketing tools (written, audio and audio-visual media, files)
Direct marketing techniques

128
LPMMO 613: INITIATION TO THE PRODUCTION OF ADVERTISING
SPOTS
Objective:
This course aims at training students on how to produce advertising spots. It introduces
students to creation mechanisms (its various actors, deadlines, costs), and give them the basic
concepts and techniques: copy strategy, markets, documents, story boards, double tapes.

Content:
- Shooting script
- The script
- Spot production

LPMMO 62: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE, 14 CREDITS

LPMMO 621: TUTORED PROJECT


Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.

Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LPMMO 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND


PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP
Objective:
to present current methodology for writing internship reports
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice
to learn to identify the company in-house issues
to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)

Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports


Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report

129
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence

Part of the course on Professional internship and defence


Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.

LPMMO 63 BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2, 6 CREDITS


LPMMO 631: PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP
Objective
to learn about oneself better
to be able to carry out your projects thanks to a methodology
to help salespersons understand the importance of management and how it contributes to the
success of their company.
to discover the management techniques that will make their work and that of their employees
more manageable and much more effective.

Content
To know the foundations of one's personality and to situate it in relation to one's professional
environment, to identify one's behaviour in communication situations, to increase the
flexibility and precision of one's communication with the NLP and TA tool, to use one's
potential to improve one's working relationships, to optimise one's negotiating skills, to come
over difficult situations.
Different approaches to leadership
Leadership styles
The assets of leadership in marketing
Conflict Management

LPMMO 632: DATA ANALYSIS


Objectives:
By the end of this course, students will be able to conduct statistical analyses of one-
dimensional and two-dimensional data in an analytical manner using software (Excel, SPSS).

Content:
- Reminders on descriptive statistics: characteristics of central tendency and dispersion,
notion of concentration, graphical representation, etc.
- Inferential statistics: point estimation, confidence interval estimation, determination of
sample size, tests of comparison of means and proportions, CHI SQUARE test,

130
Student test, correlation test, ANOVA and simple regression tests, etc.
- Reminders on statistical data analysis
- Statistical analyses of one-dimensional data (descriptive analysis,
explanatory analysis)
- Statistical analyses of two-dimensional data (highlighting the possible relationship
that may exist between two variables)
I. THEORETICAL NOTIONS
• Introduction to data analysis
- Purpose
- Data (definition and typology)
- Statistical problem related to data collection
- Type of survey question and type of variable in statistics
- Processing questionnaires
• One-dimensional analysis of qualitative variables
- Graphic analysis (organ pipes, circular sectors and band representation)
- Numerical analysis: use the graphical representation or table to determine and
interpret the modality)
• Explanatory analysis of qualitative variables (Chi-square test)
- Hypothesis tests (null and alternative)
- Calculation of the expected value of the value
- From the empirical KHI-square
- Determination of the number of degrees of freedom
- Decision-making (limited to the goodness-of-fit test for the uniform distribution)
• One-dimensional analysis of quantitative variables
- Differential flow chart (bar chart, histogram, interpretation)
- Integral flow chart (cumulative curves, with emphasis on the direction of
cumulative headcount)
• Numerical analysis
- Determination and interpretation of central tendency characteristics (mode,
median and mean)
- Determination and interpretation of dispersion characteristics (variance, standard
deviation, coefficient of variation)
- Calculation and interpretation of shape characteristics
- two dimensional analysis of a couple (contingency table and Chi-square

131
independence test)
- Two-dimensional analysis of a pair of quantitative variables
- Scatter plot (graphical or descriptive analysis)
- Linear correlation coefficient determination and interpretation
- Determination and representation of simple regression lines by the least squares
method (discuss the exponential fitting method)
II. CASE STUDY ON A DATA ANALYSIS SOFTWARE (SPSS, EXCEL, )

LPMMO 633: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC


ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY
Objectives:
- to study the components of national and international environment of the company and their
impact on its activity.

Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)

LPMMO 64 TRANSVERQAL SUBJECTS 2, 4 CREDITS


LPMMO 641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION
Objectives:
- to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
- to familiarise students with professional communication theories.

Content:
Topic 1: Communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: The administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.

132
Topic 3: Professional integration
- Motivation letter
- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.

LPMMO 642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVES
To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a project.

CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

133
II.4. SPECIALITY: COMMUNICATION, OPTION:
ADVERTISING

Objectives:

The professional Bachelor’s degree programme in advertising communication offers the


learner, according to their aspirations, vocation, talents or choices, the opportunity to achieve
their personal project in the advertising industry. In two semesters, the aim is to endow the
student with the maximum number of skills, practice and assets to be competitive on the job
market through a specialised training plan.
Job opportunities:

The holder of this Bachelor’s degree can apply for the following positions:
Assistant advertising manager in an advertising agency and/or advertising sales house
Head of corporate advertising
Advertising space manager
Copywriter
Communication office
Accounts receivable manager (Advertising Agency)
Assistant strategic planner
Media planner

Admission requirements

Upon application and after selection, the professional Bachelor’s Degree programme is open
to candidates who already hold an undergraduate degree (DEUG, DUT, DSEP, BTS...) in
communication and commercial action.

Organisation

This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses.
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training is made up of 750 hours of teaching, 60 hours of tutored project and a 90-hour
internship (3 months) in a company.
The training takes the form of lectures, tutorials and practical work in limited numbers.
Courses are taught by university teachers and by experts from the professional world.

134
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor‟s Degree (LP3) - ADVERTISING
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPPUB51 LPPUB 511 Communication theories and advertising industry 30 10 5 - 45 3
Communication
5 Credits LPPUB 512 Information research methodology 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPPUB 521 Creativity process 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPPUB 52 Computer graphics; Text-image typology and
Advertising practice LPPUB 522 30 5 10 - 45 3
8 Credits typographic culture
LPPUB 523 Realisation of advertising spots 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPPUB 531 Advertising culture and graphic charter 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPPUB 53 Advertising
LPPUB 532 Media and advertising 30 10 5 - 45 3
5 Credits ecosystem
LPPUB 533 Communication and Advertising Law 20 5 - 5 30 2
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPPUB 541 Sociology of communication 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPPUB 54 Business
LPPUB 542 Inferential statistics 20 5 5 - 30 2
6 Credits environment 1
LPPUB 543 Services marketing 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPPUB55 Transversal subjects LPPUB551 English Language 20 5 5 30 2
4 Credits 2 LPPUB 552 Business creation 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 80 30 40 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

135
SEMESTER 6
Course Course Workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPPUB61 LPPUB 611 Development of an advertising campaign 30 - 5 10 45 3
Advertising
6 Credits LPPUB 612 Production and post-production technology
production 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPPUB 62 Professional LPPUB621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
14 Credits practice LPPUB 622 Report writing methodology and professional
30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPPUB 631 Digital communication 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPPUB632 Argumentative semantics
20 5 5 - 30 2
LPPUB63 Business
6 credits environment 2 LPPUB 633 National and international business economic
environment 20 5 - 5 30 2

Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours


LPPUB 64 Transversal LPPUB 641 French expression and communication 20 5 5 30 2
4 Credits subjects 2 LPPUB 642 Projects management 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 205 35 20 190 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

136
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 5

LPPUB 51: COMMUNICATION, 5 CREDITS

LPPUB 511: COMMUNICATION THEORIES AND ADVERTISING


INDUSTRY
Objective
From a historical and theoretical point of view, this course aims at introducing students into
the interdisciplinary problematic that characterises communication studies. The approach of
this course introduces students to the communication industry. Furthermore, a particular
attention is paid to the learning of conceptual tools.

Content

The concepts of information/communication


Communication theories and models
Advertising industry

LPPUB 512: INFORMATION RESEARCH METHODOLOGY


Objective
This course will provide an understanding of the importance of information research
To present information gathering techniques
To introduce students to the various survey and polling techniques

Content:
Observation, experimentation and projective tests
Individual and group interview techniques
- Quantitative survey techniques

LPPUB 52 ADVERTISING PRACTICE, 8 CREDITS

LPPUB 521: CREATIVITY PROCESS


Objective
This course aims at training students to develop and produce a specific message or spot from
an advertiser's.

Content
Synopsis
The scenario
The story board
The casting
Production of advertisements, presses and posters

137
LPPUB 522: COMPUTER GRAPHICS; TEXT-IMAGE TYPOLOGY
AND TYPOGRAPHIC CULTURE
Objective
This course consists of delineating advertising discourse and distinguishing it from other
types of discourse. It introduces the notion of hermeneutics as fundamental to the
apprehension of the advertising object. This course shall enable the student to design, on a
computer, technical graphic documents intended for printing and reproduced on printing
substrates.

Content
Part 1: Computer graphics
Different printing and finishing processes, their parameters, mastery of techniques for
electronic preparation of graphic documents, the graphic chain, troubleshooting
troubleshooting problems related to the execution of graphical documents.
Part 2: Text-image typology

- Text-image relationship
- Types of advertising
- Rhetoric and relationship to the text-image concept

LPPUB 523: Creation of advertising spots


Objective
This course aims at training students on how to produce advertising spots. It introduces
students to creation mechanisms (its various actors, deadlines, costs), and give them the basic
concepts and techniques: copy strategy, markets, documents, story boards, double tapes, etc.

Content
- Shooting script
- The script
- Spot production: print, TV and Radio
- Case studies

LPPUB 53: ADVERTISING ENVIRONMENT, 5 CREDITS

LPPUB 531: ADVERTISING CULTURE AND GRAPHIC CHARTER


Objective:
This course aims at enabling the student to guarantee, a brand or a company, a formal code of
expression and declination of its iconic components in order to provide them with some
stability in a competitive environment.

Content
Part 1: Advertising culture

- Advertising communication tools


- Advertising in Africa

138
- The place of advertising in a context of a basic-needs society
- Impact of globalisation in the perception of the advertising items.
Part 2: Graphic Charter
- Definition
- Elements of the graphic charter
Characteristics of the logo
Font and layout
- Colour addressing
- Terms and Conditions of Use

LPPUB 532: MEDIA AND ADVERTISING


Objective:
to develop learners' minds about the use of different media in the implementation of
advertising

Content

THEORY OF THE POWERFUL EFFECTS OF MEDIA


Propaganda theories and the mass society hypothesis
The posterity of critical media theory
LIMIT-EFFECTS THEORY
The pioneering work of Lazarsfeld
The limited effects Paradigm
MEDIA EFFECTS
Theories of diary
Spiral of silence
Constructionist approaches to media

PUBLIC SPACE AND PUBLIC OPINION


HABERMASIAN CONCEPTION OF PUBLIC SPACE
Habermasian model of public space
Criticisms of Habermas' model
PUBLIC OPINION : THEORY AND MEASUREMENT
History of public opinion
Opinion polls
Elements of controversy around polls

LPPUB 533: COMMUNICATION AND ADVERTISING LAW


Course Objectives:
To provide the student with the tools necessary to understand the regulatory framework of
advertising activity.
Content:
Principle of freedom of communication
Communication bodies
Communication content: information, copyright and neighbouring rights

139
Legal framework for advertising activity
ACTORS OF ADVERTISING
Active actors in advertising
Diversity of advertising companies
Advertising consultancy agency
The advertising department
Advertising Brokers
Creation of advertising companies
A- Conditions for setting up a commercial company
B- Conditions specific to advertising companies
C- Authorisation for the advertising consultancy and advertising management industry
Authorisation to hold an advertising consultancy agency and advertising agency
The advertising broker's statement
Passive actors in advertising
THE PLACE OF GOVERNMENT IN THE PRACTICE OF ADVERTISING
Adverse structures in charge of advertising
I- The preponderance of the minister in charge of advertising in the organisation of
advertising
II- NOC Sub-divisionary Role
Administrative control of advertising activity
A- the failings of an advertising company
B- Administrative procedure
Diversity of administrative sanctions
Judicial controls
Offences against the State’s credibility
Offences for the release of obscene scenes
Offences targeting youth corruption
Offences relating to false news, insulting race and breach of correspondence
Offences relating to services to regulated products

LPPUB 54 ADVERTISING ECOSYSTEM 1, 6 CREDITS

LPPUB 541: SOCIOLOGY OF COMMUNICATION AND


ADVERTISING
Objective
This course aims at contextualising an advertising communication or a territorial project, by
presenting the presuppositions, even implicit, and the consequences. By the end of this course,
the student will be able to situate an advertising production in a context of recent or distant
historical mass organisation.

Content
Mass communication
Sociology of advertising

140
Controversial advertising/harmonic advertising

LPPUB542: INFERENTIAL STATISTIC


Objectives:
By the end of this course, the student will be able to generalise a mother population
using conclusions observed from a sample.

Content:
Part I: PROBABILITY
Random variable applied to quality management
Discrete random variable (laws of probability and characteristics)
Continuous random variable (probability density and characteristics)
Standard probability laws applied to quality management
Discrete probability laws (Binomial laws, Poisson law)
Continuous probability laws (normal law, exponential law)
Part II: STATISTICAL INFERENCE
Sampling technique
Estimation problem (point estimation and confidence interval estimation)
Hypothesis testing problems (parametric and non-parametric tests)
Comparison tests of means and proportions, Chi-square tests.

LPPUB 543: SERVICES MARKETING


Objective
This course aims at presenting to the student, the specificities of the service marketing and the
service marketing policy.

Content
Reference framework for services marketing
Specificities of services in relation to goods
Positioning a service offer
Service companies' strategic stakes
Services marketing: a multidimensional marketing
Quality, an essential stake for customer satisfaction and loyalty
Services mix

LPPUB 55 TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1, 4 CREDITS

LPPUB 551: English Language


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:

141
VOCABULARY
WEEK TOPIC Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Describing your
job/Company
Drawing an
Job titles organisational chart
Departments Reading
Company
Revision of Tenses Comprehension 4 Hrs
Structure
Some Translation Techniques passages based on
and Practical exercises. the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
Request
Offers
Complaints
Making
arrangements
Phrases for telephoning
Listening
Telephoning Expressing Polite Request (may I 4 Hrs
Comprehension
use your pen please? etc.)
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Lexis of working conditions
(perks, benefits, holidays, salary,
income, promotions etc.)
Writing CVs and
Comparing Adjectives
Employment Application Letters
Lexis describing character: hard
and Job interview
work, team player, self-starter 4 Hrs
Job How to write an
etc.
Applications abstract
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

IT Vocabulary
Prefixes and their meanings:
Writing e-mails
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir,
Describing a
etc.
business transaction.
E- business/The Writing: Describing a process.
4 E.g.: Auction sale. 4
Internet Phrases for meetings (minutes,
Stating aims.
secretary, chairperson, agenda,
Agreeing and
etc.)
disagreeing
Translating a process or a
description
Conditionals Typical functions of
Requests, offers negotiation (request,
5 Negotiations 4 Hrs
Typical phrases: starting, making offers, refusals,
offers, refusing, accepting, asking acceptance, etc.)

142
for clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

-Writing an essay
after a job interview
Types of essays-argumentative, -Describing Graphs,
Writing Essays descriptive, narrative, picture tables, etc.
6 and Describing essays, etc. -Writing 4 Hrs
Photos Translation of some Commercial argumentative
Extracts. essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and
linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the speciality
concerned.

LPPUB 552: BUSINESS CREATION


Objectives:
To introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of business
creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of business creation ideas
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are essential for the success of a project
 present the stages of business creation
 present the steps in the development of a business plan

Content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:


 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)

143
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 6


LPPUB 61: ADVERTISING PRODUCTION, 6 CREDITS
LPPUB 611: DEVELOPMENT OF AN ADVERTISING CAMPAIGN
Objectives:
To master the process of developing an advertising campaign.

Content
Defining advertising objectives, determining a budget, developing a media plan, identifying
the information needed to make decisions at each step of the process.
LPPUB 612: PRODUCTION AND POST-PRODUCTION
TECHNOLOGY
Objective
Based on the ethical and professional considerations applicable in the communication
industry: press, radio, TV, PR, advertising, etc., this course focuses on the professional
requirements for the technical production of images.

Content
Mounting
Manufacturing monitoring

LPPUB62 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE, 14 CREDITS


LPPUB621: TUTORED PROJECT
Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
to learn to work as teams, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.

Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LPPUB 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND


PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP
Objective:
to present current methodology for writing internship reports

144
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice
to learn to identify the company in-house issues
to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)

Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports


Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence

Professional internship and presentation


Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of an internship report that will be presented before a
jury. The internship report is an academic production that enables to assess the candidate's
aptitude to make a presentation on a theme related to the speciality/profession.

LPPUB 631: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION


Objective:
To master online communication techniques, actors and strategies.

Content
Online communication techniques
Types of online advertisements
Tracking technologies (online posting of advertisements by advertising agencies, ability to
collect information, ability to track Internet users)
Online advertisement systems
The actors of online communication
Online communication strategies

LPPUB 632: ARGUMENTATIVE SEMANTICS


Objective
This course is part of the sciences of the construction of meaning and aims at providing
students with the theoretical and conceptual tools to use text and images as possible means of
inducing meaning.

Content

145
- Conceptual theory of meaning
- Semiotic theory
- Speech acts
- Functions of language
- Levels of construction of meaning
- Advertising argument

LPPUB 633: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC


ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY
Objectives:
To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and
their influence on its activity;

Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion
of corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)
- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,
macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)

LPPUB 64: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2, 4 CREDITS

LPPUB 641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION


Objectives:
- to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
- to familiarise students with professional communication theories.

Content:
Topic 1: Communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: The administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration

146
- Motivation letter
- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.

LPPUB 642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVES
To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a project.

CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).
II.5. SPECIALITY: COMMUNICATION, OPTION:
COMMUNICATION IN ORGANISATIONS

Objectives of the training:

The professional Bachelor’s degree programme in advertising communication offers the


learner, according to their aspirations, vocation, talents or choices, the opportunity to achieve
their personal project in the advertising industry. In two semesters, the aim is to endow the
student with the maximum number of skills, practice and assets to be competitive on the job
market through a specialised training plan.

Job opportunities:

The holder of this Bachelor’s degree can apply for the following positions:
Assistant advertising manager in an advertising agency and/or advertising sales house
Head of corporate advertising
Ads space manager
Copywriter
Public relations Officer
Communication officer

147
Admission requirements

Upon application and after selection, the professional Bachelor’s Degree programme is open
to candidates who already hold an undergraduate degree (DEUG, DUT, DSEP, BTS...) in
communication and commercial action.

Organisation

This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses.
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training is made up of 750 hours of teaching, 60 hours of tutored project and a 90-hour
internship (3 months) in a company.
The training takes the form of lectures, tutorials and practical work in limited numbers.
Courses are taught by university teachers and by experts from the professional world.

148
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: B.A. (LP3) - Communication in Organisations
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCO 511 Services marketing 30 10 5 - 45 3
LPCO 51 Communication and Press and public relations
LPCO 512 30 10 5 - 45 3
8 Credits monitoring
LPCO 513 Strategic and informational watch 30 10 5 - 45 3
Image semiology and discourse analysis
LPCO 52 Semiology and LPCO 521 30 10 5 - 45 3
6 Credits sociology LPCO522 Sociology of communication 30 10 5 - 45 3
Information research methodology
LPCO53 Information et LPCO531 30 10 5 - 45 3
6 Credits communication Information system
LPCO532 20 5 - 5 30 2
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCO 541 Communication and Advertising Law 20 - 5 5 30 2
LPCO 54 Business LPCO 542 Inferential statistics 20 10 - - 30 2
6 Credits environment
LPCO 543 Accounting and financial management 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPCO55 Transversal subjects LPCO551 English Language 20 5 - 5 30 2
4 Credits 2 LPCO552 Business creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 90 35 25 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

149
Course Course Workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCO611 Digital communication 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPCO61
Advertising LPCO612 Communications plan 20 5 5 - 30 2
6 Credits
production
LPCO613 Image techniques 20 5 5 - 30 2
LPCO 62 Professional LPCO 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
14 practice
LPCO 622 Report writing methodology and professional
Credits 30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCO 631 Human resources management 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCO 63 Economy and LPCO 632 Advertising creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
6 credits advertising
LPCO 633 Economic environment of the company
20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours

French expression and communication


LPCO 641 20 5 5 30 2
LPCO 64 Transversal
4 Credits subjects 2 Projects management
LPCO 642 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 205 40 15 190 450 30
SEMESTER 6
Legend: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

150
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 5

LPCO 51 COMMUNICATION AND MONITORING, 8 CREDITS

LPCO 511: SERVICES MARKETING


Objective
This course aims at presenting to the student, the specificities of the service marketing and the
service marketing policy.

Content
Reference framework for services marketing
Specificities of services in relation to goods
Positioning a service offer
Service companies' strategic stakes
Services marketing: a multidimensional marketing
Quality, an essential stake for customer satisfaction and loyalty
Services mix

LPCO 512: PRESS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS


Objectives:
to make the existence, the action and the purpose of the company known and to develop an
image in the mind of the public in general, the prescribers, the salespersons in particular.
to enable the company to obtain moral support to facilitate the continuation of its activity

Content:
OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS OF PUBLIC AND PRESS RELATIONS
Objectives
Objectives of public relations
Objectives of press relations
Main targets
Public relations targets
Press relations targets
PRESS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS RESOURCES
1. Public relations resources
Actions with external audiences
Actions with internal audiences
2 Press relations resources
2.1. Documents to be forwarded to journalists
a. Press release
b. Press kit
c. Advertorial
2.2. Meetings with journalists
a. Press conference - press briefing
b. Press breakfasts
c. Press luncheon
d. Press cocktail
e. Press trip

151
CASE STUDY
A. Contributions from IVY LEE, the newspaperman
B. IVY LEE, press relations and public relations practitioner
C. IVY LEE, the public relations theorist

LPCO513: STRATEGIC AND INFORMATIONAL WATCH


Objective:
to give learners necessary tools to monitor the business and communication environment

Content:
General information on watch
Types of watch
Methodology for carrying out the watch

LPCO52 SEMIOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY, 6 CREDITS

LPCO 521: IMAGE SEMIOLOGY AND DISCOURSE ANALYSIS


Objectives:
This course aims at giving the student the epistemological knowledge essential to the mastery
of the information and communication sector.

Content
SPEECH, LANGUAGE, COMMUNICATION
WHAT IS SEMIOLOGY?
Signs-Linguistics
A. Types of information
B. Means of communication
C. Semiological systems
Non-linguistic signs
Kinesics
Proxemics
Olfactory signs
Taste signs
Tactile signs
Index signs
The icon
The signal
The symbol
Meaning of gestures
Distinction of non-linguistic signs
Identification of non-verbal communication systems
Qualification of facial expressions and posture
Meaning of gestures
The study of gestures and head movements
NON-LINGUISTIC COMMUNICATION PROCESSES
Processes of substitute communication of spoken language without real autonomy with regard
to linguistic communication
Systematic communication processes
Processes that read on the screen
Systematic communication processes

152
SEMIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS
The signs
The settings
Exercise
Characteristics of semiotic systems
Classification of semiotic systems
Relationship between semiotic systems
The mentorship
The homogeneity relationship
The interpreter relationship
ELEMENTS OF SOCIO-POLITICAL COMMUNICATION
Body language appearance and dress code
Describe and analyse an image, an advertisement
Describe and analyse an image
Describe and analyse an advertisement
DISCOURSE ANALYSIS

LPCO522: SOCIOLOGY OF COMMUNICATION


Objective
This course aims at contextualising an advertising communication or a territorial project, by
presenting the presuppositions, even implicit, and the consequences. By the end of this course,
the student will be able to situate an advertising production in a context of recent or distant
historical mass organisation.

Content
Mass communication
Sociology of advertising
Controversial advertising/harmonic advertising

LPCO 53: INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION, 6 CREDITS

LPCO 531: INFORMATION RESEARCH METHODOLOGY


Objective
This course will provide an understanding of the importance of information research
To present information gathering techniques
To introduce students to the various survey and polling techniques

Content
OBSERVATION-EXPERIMENTATION-TESTS
ONE-ON-ONE INTERVIEWS
Personal interview
Semi-structured interview
Structured interview
GROUP INTERVIEWS
Overview
Principles of group interview
Types of group interviews

153
THE QUESTIONNAIRE
Purpose of questionnaire
Characteristics
Types of frequently asked questions
Writing Tips
Structure of questionnaire
Validation of questionnaire

LPCO532: INFORMATION SYSTEM


Objectives:
to familiarise students with techniques for setting up an information system

Content
ORGANISATION, INFORMATION AND INFORMATION SYSTEM
Organisation and information
Organisations and their structures
To better understand information and its role in the company
Information systems
Definition
Historical evolution of information systems
Different components and function of a system
The issue of information systems
Different types of information systems
Information systems security
Information system applications
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Carrying out an information project
Reasons for analysing information systems
Stages of analysis
Analysis (or preliminary study)
Design (or detailed study)
Implementation (or realisation)
Monitoring and evaluation (maintenance)
Analysis methods
Preliminary study (analysis of the existing system)
Preliminary analysis
Study of the existence
Description and evaluation of future systems
The specifications
Content of the specifications
The flow chart
Practical exercise
Information flow diagram
Symbols in the document flow diagram
Practical exercise
Documents analysis grid
The headings
Basic headings
Synonymous headings
Polysome headings

154
Documents
Types of headings
Parameter headings
Arithmetic headings
Logical headings
Basic data dictionary
Practical exercise
The Merise analysis method
The Merise presentation
Conceptual level
Organisational or logical level
Physical or operational level
Levels of information systems analysis
Conceptual data model
Definition
Basic design of the CDM
Entity
The association
Property
Cardinality
Functional dependencies
Functional dependencies between properties
Elementary dependency
Direct dependency
Functional dependencies between entities
Standardisation of entities
First normal form
Second normal form
Third normal form
Standardisation of associations
Types of association
Hierarchical associations
Property-bearing associations
Elaboration of conceptual data model
Definition of data dictionary
Definition of functional dependency graph or matrix
Practical exercise
The conceptual model of treatment (MCT)
Basic Concept
Event
Operation
Synchronisation
Formalism
Example
Management rule
MCT
Comment

LPCO 54 BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT, 6 CREDITS

155
LPCO 541: INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY
LAW
Objective
To provide students with knowledge on information and communication law
To allow them to distinguish between the information laws that governs the content, i.e. the
information that circulates and is disseminated to others and the communication law that rules
the container.
Understanding the concept of cyber-criminality

Content
Principle of freedom of communication
Communication bodies
Communication content: information, copyright and neighbouring rights
Offences committed through the communication media (press offences and cybercrime:
constituent element and penalties)
Communication litigation: the bodies, the courts, the procedure.

LPCO 542: INFERENTIAL STATISTICS


Objectives:
By the end of this course, the student will be able to generalise a mother population using
conclusions observed from a sample.

Content:
Part I: PROBABILITY
1. Random variable applied to quality management
2. Discrete random variable (laws of probability and characteristics)
3. Continuous random variable (probability density and characteristics)
4. Standard probability laws applied to quality management
5. Discrete probability laws (Binomial laws, Poisson law)
6. Continuous probability laws (normal law, exponential law)
Part II: STATISTICAL INFERENCE
1. Sampling technique
2. Estimation problem (point estimation and confidence interval estimation)
3. Hypothesis testing problems (parametric and non-parametric tests)
4. Comparison tests of means and proportions, Chi-square tests.

LPCO543: ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


Objectives:
to master the appropriate framework for accounting and financial management
to determine the result of an activity using a balance sheet
to carry out the analysis of functional and financial balance sheet using appropriate
methods
to measures the company's self-financing capacity and cash flow

156
To draw up the financial statements

Content:
INCOME STATEMENTS ANALYSIS
I. Presentation and structure of the income statement
I. Presentation of the income statement
J. Structure of the income statement
II. Significant management balances
M. Definition and calculation based on schematic accounts
N. Calculation by filling in the forms of the normal system
O. Definition and calculation of self-financing capacity
III. Income statement analysis by function
P. Notion of function
Q. Analysis of expenses by functions
R. Presentation of the functional operating table
IV. Income statement analysis by variability
Q. Variability of expenses
R. Analysis of expenses by variability
S. Presentation of the differential operating table
T. Break-even point
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
I. Accounting balance sheet
I. Stable jobs and resources
J. Current jobs and resources
II. Functional balance sheet
S. Adjustment and reclassification of asset items
T. Adjustment and reclassification of liability items
U. Working capital, needs for working capital, treasury
III. Financial balance sheet
I. Liquidity balance sheet items
J. Shifting from accounting balance sheet to liquidated balance sheet
IV. Ratios
I. Use of ratios
J. Key ratios and their meaning
DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
I. Normative working capital

157
I. Definition and principle
J. Application
II. Statement of source and expenditure of funds (TAFIRE)
I. Principle
J. Filling in the table
III. Financing plan
b. Definition and principle
c. Application

LPCO55 TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1, 4 CREDITS

LPCO551: English Language


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
VOCABULARY
WEEK TOPIC Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Describing your
job/Company
Drawing an
Job titles organisational chart
Departments Reading
Company
Revision of Tenses Comprehension 4 Hrs
Structure
Some Translation Techniques passages based on
and Practical exercises. the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
Request
Offers
Complaints
Making
Phrases for telephoning arrangements
Telephoning Expressing Polite Request (may I Listening 4 Hrs
use your pen please? etc.) Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its

158
vocabulary
Lexis of working conditions
(perks, benefits, holidays, salary,
income, promotions etc.)
Writing CVs and
Employment Comparing Adjectives
Application Letters
and Lexis describing character: hard
Job interview 4 Hrs
Job work, team player, self-starter
How to write an
Applications etc.
abstract
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa
IT Vocabulary
Prefixes and their meanings:
Writing e-mails
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir,
Describing a
etc.
business transaction.
E- business/The Writing: Describing a process.
4 E.g.: Auction sale. 4
Internet Phrases for meetings (minutes,
Stating aims.
secretary, chairperson, agenda,
Agreeing and
etc.)
disagreeing
Translating a process or a
description
Typical functions of
Conditionals negotiation (request,
Requests, offers offers, refusals,
Typical phrases: starting, making
acceptance, etc.)
5 Negotiations 4 Hrs
offers, refusing, accepting, asking
-Writing a Speech
for clarification, bargaining-Self-Introduction
Grammar: Reported Speech -Introducing Others
- Interviewing
-Writing an essay
after a job interview
Types of essays-argumentative, -Describing Graphs,
Writing Essays descriptive, narrative, picture tables, etc.
6 and Describing essays, etc. -Writing 4 Hrs
Photos Translation of some Commercial argumentative
Extracts. essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and
linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the speciality
concerned.

LPCO552: BUSINESS CREATION


Objectives:
To introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of business
creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of business creation ideas

159
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are essential for the success of a project
 present the stages of business creation
 present the steps in the development of a business plan
Content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:


 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 6

LPCO 61 ADVERTISING PRODUCTIONS, 6 CREDITS

LPCO 611: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION


Objective:
To master online communication techniques, actors and strategies.

Content
Online communication techniques
Types of online advertisements
Tracking technologies (online posting of advertisements by advertising agencies, ability to
collect information, ability to track Internet users)
Online advertisement systems
Actors of online communication
Online communication strategies

LPCO 612: COMMUNICATIONS PLAN

160
Objectives:

- Identify all the methods, means and actions directed to internal and external audiences.
- Bring out the communication techniques that can be used by the management.

Content:

- Reminder and definitions of some concepts of the communication plan


- Objectives of communication and of communication plan.
- Different targets of communication.
- Communication mix
- Communication strategies
- Types of communication
- Content of the communication plan
- Process of drafting a communication plan, prior to the drafting, drafting
- Creative orientations, realisations, concept techniques and production
- Budget and schedule, assessment of results, media assessment grid.
- Methodology for the situation analysis of communication plan
- Budgeting

LPMCV 613: IMAGE TECHNIQUES


Objectives:
To familiarise the student with image creation techniques

Content:
TV spot
Definition of advertising spots
Advertising spot specificities
Motivation
Creation process
Advertiser Briefing
Scenario
Storyboard
Pre-production
Production
Post-production
Delivery
Design a logo
Define a logo
Brief history of the logo
Basics of a graphic charter
Rules of a perfect logotype

161
Rules of a perfect logotype
Rules of a perfect logotype
Designing a poster
Definition of advertising poster
Graphic design of a poster
Focus on poster design prior to creation and printing
Elements influencing the creation of a poster
Title affecting the weight of words
A strong visual impact: the shock of photos
Compact and plain text
Formatting
The print
Define a print
Company's documents to be printed
Banner
Define a banner
Placing a banner in a company

LPCO 62: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE, 14 CREDITS


LPCO 621: TUTORED PROJECT
Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
to learn to work as teams, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.

Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LPCO 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND


PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP
Objective:
to present current methodology for writing internship reports
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice
to learn to identify the company in-house issues
to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)

162
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence

Professional internship and presentation


Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of an internship report that will be presented before a
jury. The internship report is an academic production that enables to assess the candidate's
aptitude to make a presentation on a theme related to the speciality/profession.

LPCO 63: MANAGEMENT AND ADVERTISING, 6 CREDITS

LPCO 631: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT


Objective
- to master the fundamentals of human resources management
- to master the sub-functions of HRM
- to master steering and decision-support tools in HRM

Content
Generalities on HRM: Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.
HR sub-functions: Personnel administration (HR), recruitment, evaluation, training, career
management, remuneration (employee's record, salary components, wage calculation, etc.),
GPEC (jobs and skills forecast management).
Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard
LPCO 632: CREATIVE ADVERTISING
Objective:
To introduce students to creative advertising techniques and process.

Content:
Understanding advertising arguments in question
Creation, creativity, creativity techniques
Assessing creation: How to recognise a good idea
Advertising effectiveness
Advertising rhetoric
Advertising reasoning based on the cases
How to communicate a concept?
The brief (specifications): starting point of the agency-advertiser relationship.
CONTENT OF THE BRIEF
Modalities for elaborating the brief at the advertiser's

163
Presentation of the brief and establishing relationships between teams
History of the agency
Gradual development of services
Overall management of communications
Structure and creative professions
VI- The brainstorming
Goals of lateral thinking
Principles of brainstorming
Basic rules of brainstorming according to Lateral thinking
Group modalities as a general rule
Different stages of a creativity session

LPCO 633: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC


ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY
Objectives:
- To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and
their influence on its activity;
Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)

LPCO 641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION


Objectives:
to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
to familiarise students with professional communication theories.

Content:
Topic 1: Communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: The administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
- Motivation letter
- CV

164
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.

LPCO 642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVES
To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a project.

CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

165
III. HUMAN RESOURCES
MANAGEMENT COURSE
PROGRAMME
III.1. SPECIALITY: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Objectives:
Empower students with the skills that will enable them to participate in key human resources
management processes.
To train middle managers who are directly operational in human resources management in
any form of organisation or who can become independent by working privately as HRM
consultants. They have to be able to:
Master the techniques and tools relating to the management of jobs and payment; and
administrative, accounting, social and human resource management
Manage analysis tools for staff movements (flow management)
To assist in the implementation of steering tools such as competency frameworks, social rank,
social audit frameworks, etc. (stock management)
Etc.
Job opportunities

The Professional Bachelor’s degree programme trains students for the following jobs:
Administrative and social collaborator in the office,
Pay assistant and social management,
Employment manager,
Staff administrator
Personnel management assistant
HRM assistant
Personnel administrative manager
Recruitment officer
Compensation and benefits officer
Etc.
Admission
The training is intended for students who hold a BTS, DUT, DEUG, DSEP or an equivalent
diploma and who have a basic general training in computer science. This Bachelor's degree
programme is also available for continuing education

Organisation
This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses.
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training is made up of 600 hours of teaching, 120 hours of tutored project and a 180-hour
internship (3 months) in a company.
The training takes the form of lectures, tutorials and practical work in limited numbers.
Courses are taught by university teachers and lecturers from the professional world (HRM
experts).

166
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Licence (LP3) – Management of human resources
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPGRH 511 Remuneration policy and wage bill management 30 20 10 - 60 4
LPGRH
HR management Recruitment and administrative management of
51 LPGRH 512 30 10 5 - 45 3
techniques personnel
8Crédits
LPGRH 513 Occupational and organisational psycho-sociology 20 10 - - 30 2
LPGRH LPGRH 521 GPEC and training 30 10 5 - 45 3
Jobs management and
52 LPGRH 522 Steering and social performance tools 20 10 - - 30 2
HR development
7 Credits LPGRH523 Skills assessment system 20 5 - 5 30 2
Intercultural LPGRH531 Labour economics 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPGRH
management and LPGRH532
53 Intercultural management and Corporate social
Corporate social 20 10 - 30 2
5 Credits responsibility (CSR)
responsibility (CSR)
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPGRH 541 Organisational structure and functioning of an
LPGRH 20 5 - 5 30 2
enterprise
54 Business environment 1
LPGRH 542 Statistics applied to HR 20 5 5 - 30 2
6 Credits
LPGRH 543 Social law 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPGRH LPGEQ 551 Business English 20 5 5 30 2
55 Transversal subjects 2
LPGEQ 552 Business creation 20 5 5 30 2
4 Credits
TOTAL 300 80 0 70 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures; Tutos: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

167
SEMESTER 6
Course Course Workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPGEQ 611 Team management 20 10 - - 30 2
Team LPGEQ 612
LPGRH 61 20 10 - 30 2
management and Social litigation and social security law
6 credits
human LPGEQ 613 Living conditions at work and human and social
relationships relations 20 5 5 - 30 2

LPGRH 62 Professional LPGEQ 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4


14 credits practice LPGEQ 622 Report writing methodology and professional
30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPGRH 631 Applied HR Information Technology 20 10 - 30 2

LPGRH 632 HR Marketing 20 10 - 30 2


LPGRH 63 Business
6 credits environment 2
LPGEQ 633 National and international business economic
environment 20 5 - 5 30 2

Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours


LPGRH 64 Transversal LPGEQ 641 French expression and communication 20 5 5 30 2
4 credits subjects 2 LPGEQ 642 Projects management 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals / SPW: Student’s personal work

168
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 5
LPGRH51: 8 Credits
Course Unit: HR MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES

LPGRH 511: REMUNERATION POLICY AND MANAGEMENT OF


THE WAGE BILL
Objective:
Master remuneration policies and manage payroll in the best possible way

Content:

REMUNERATION POLICY
1. Remuneration components (base salary, salary accessories)
2. Type of remuneration (direct and indirect remuneration)
3. Stages for setting up a remuneration policy
4. REMUNERATION AUDIT
5. Determinants of remuneration

MANAGEMENT OF PAYROLL AND SALARIES


1. Constraints to the determination of a payroll (internal equity, external
competitiveness and financial balance)
2. Calculation of the payroll and of its effects (Level, Noria, Mass, Report, etc.)
3. Hourly wage,
4. Calculation of overtime
5. Calculation of allowances and bonuses ((Notice, dismissal, leave, seniority)
6. Notions of salaries, contributions and taxable
7. Tax and social deductions
8. Presentation of the pay slip

LPGRH512: RECRUITMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE


MANAGEMENT OF PERSONNEL
Objective:
To master the recruitment process and be able to manage staff effectively
Provide students with the skills to manage staff careers

Content

169
RECRUITMENT
Study of recruitment
E-recruitment
Recruitment techniques
HR development plan
Management of the human potential of the company (Talents, high potential)
Assessment of succession, separation and out-placement plans

STAFF ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGMENT

- Management of the personnel records


- Personnel follow-up
- Absence management
- Employment contract
- Career management
- Conflict management and social partners
- Payment of employees' rights
-
CAREERS MANAGEMENT
1) Career management goals
2) Career stages (Absorption, development, maintenance, retirement,
orientation towards liberal professions as a consultant, self-employment)
3) Management of high-potential senior staff
4) Mobility stakes
5) Types of mobility (Horizontal, vertical, transversal, geographical)
6) Conditions for a successful professional career

LPGRH 513: OCCUPATIONAL AND ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHO-


SOCIOLOGY
Objective:
To master the psychological and sociological working environment within organisations
Content
OCCUPATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
- Psychological analysis of jobs
- Job analysis method
- Occupational stress management
- Burn out
- Competence in occupational psychology (skills assessment, skills acquisition)

OCCUPATIONAL SOCIOLOGY
Definition of concepts
Wage-earners and identity crisis

170
Mobilisation of actors: group dynamics and conflict management

ON-THE-JOB MOTIVATION

LPGRH 52: 7 Credits


Course Unit: JOBS MANAGEMENT AND HR VALUATION

LPGRH 521: GPEC AND TRAINING


Objective:
Master training management, GPEC process and tools

Content:
I. TRAINING MANAGEMENT
 Definition and objectives of training
 Types and categories of training
 Training engineering
 Drawing up training plan
 Assessment of training
II. Predictive management of jobs and skills (GPEC)
 Definition of concepts (Skills, GPEC, Job, Employment, Position, etc.)
 GPEC OBJECTIVES
 GPEC processes and approach (Quantitative and qualitative aspects)
 Implementation of the GPEC

LPGRH 522: STEERING AND SOCIAL PERFORMANCE TOOLS


Objective:
To master the company's management technique and social performance indicators

Content:
1) Definition of concepts and objectives relating to social audit and HR
management control
2) Social audit process and approach
3) Social audit tools and techniques
4) Types and level of social audit
5) Social audit strategic tools (Dashboards and Social Report)
6) Social audit areas and scope
7) Sources of information
8) Writing and presentation of the audit report

171
9) Social management control (definition, objectives, approach, tools, qualities and tasks
of the controller)
10) Areas and scope of HR management control
11) Social monitoring
12) Social performance

LPGRH 523: SKILLS ASSESSMENT SYSTEM


Objective:
To master HR process, methods, techniques and assessment tools

Content
1) Assessment objectives
2) Types of appraisal (appraisal-control and appraisal-development)
3) Evaluation methods (individual and group interviews, 360° feedback
professional interview, etc.)
4) Evaluation materials (skill benchmarks, skills assessment, evaluation sheets,
objectives sheet, etc.)
5) Criteria for assessment (knowledge, know-how, interpersonal skills, results)
6) Stages of personal interview (preparation, conduct, post-evaluation)
7) Consequences of the assessment (promotion, training, reorientation,
reorganisation, dismissal, redefinition of the objectives and means)

LPGRH 53: 5 Credits


Course Unit: INTERCULTURAL MANAGEMENT AND CORPORATE
SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR)

LPGRH 531: LABOUR ECONOMICS


Objective:
To master the working economic environment and human resources

Content:
 Definition of concepts: total population, labour force, unemployment
 Work organisation in economic theories (neo-classical and contemporary theories)
 Labour market
a. Analysis of labour supply factors
b. Analysis of labour demand factors
c. Determination of salary

172
 Unemployment: definition, types, causes and consequences
 Employment policies: labour market evolution, labour market regulation and
deregulation.

LPGRH 532: INTERCULTURAL MANAGEMENT AND CORPORATE


SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR)
Objective:
- to understand how a company in an intercultural environment.
- to identify the assets of an intercultural environment
- to examine corporate social responsibilities in their environment

Content:

INTERCULTURAL MANAGEMENT
 Definition (culture, intercultural management)
 Intercultural management stakes (class of culture, internal cultural intermingling,
international cultural intermingling)
 Levels of culture (local culture, regional culture National culture, international culture,
organisational culture)
 Cultural differences (Hofstede, Fons Trompenar, Fouda Ongodo)
 Advantages of intercultural management
 Intercultural management techniques (Staff associations, staff fund for
mutual assistance, team building, sharing of values, ethical charters)
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
 Definition (Sustainable development, CSR)
 History and principles of CSR
 Foundations of CSR (ISO 26000, 140001 and other standards)
 Stakeholders theory
 Advantages of CSR for the company and employees
 CSR and performance (economic, social, environmental,
organisational)

LPGRH 54: 6 Credits


Course Unit: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1

LPGRH 541: ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONING


OF AN ENTERPRISE

173
Objective:
to master the structure, organisation and running of an enterprises

Content
1) Structural forms of enterprises
- Presentation of an enterprise (definition, enterprise type depending legal status,
type of activity, size)
- Structural forms (hierarchical, functional, hierarchical-functional, divisional,
matrix, network)
2) Functioning of an enterprise
- Decision making in an enterprise (Decision types and decision making procedures)
- Strategic and operational planning (definitions and content)
3) Diagnostic and strategic analysis (SBU, SWOT, Porter, PESTEL
4) Strategic analysis matrix (BCG, Mc Kinsey)
5) Strategic choices (Porter’s generic strategy, internal growth, external growth

LPGRH 542: STATISTICS APPLIED TO HR


Objectives:
By the end of this course, students shall be able to conduct statistical analyses of one-dimensional and two-
dimensional data in an analytical manner.

Content:
- Reminders on descriptive statistics: characteristics of central tendency and dispersion, notion of
concentration, graphical representation, etc.
- Inferential statistics: point estimation, confidence interval estimation, determination of sample
size, tests of comparison of means and proportions, CHI SQUARE test, Student test, correlation
test, ANOVA and simple regression tests, etc.
- Statistical analyses of one-dimensional data (descriptive analysis, explanatory
analysis)
- Statistical analyses of two-dimensional data (highlighting the possible relationship that may exist
between two variables)
• One-dimensional analysis of qualitative variables
- Graphic analysis (organ pipes, circular sectors and band representation)
- Numerical analysis: use the graphical representation or table to determine and interpret the
modality)
• Explanatory analysis of qualitative variables (Chi-square test)
- Hypothesis tests (null and alternative)
- Calculation of the expected value of the value

174
- From the empirical KHI-square
- Determination of the number of degrees of freedom
- Decision-making (limited to the goodness-of-fit test for the uniform distribution)
• One-dimensional analysis of quantitative variables
- Differential flow chart (bar chart, histogram, interpretation)
- Integral flow chart (cumulative curves, with emphasis on the direction of cumulative
headcount)
• Numerical analysis
- Determination and interpretation of central tendency characteristics (mode, median and mean)
- Determination and interpretation of dispersion characteristics (variance, standard deviation,
coefficient of variation)
- Calculation and interpretation of shape characteristics
- two dimensional analysis of a couple (contingency table and Chi-square independence test)
- Two-dimensional analysis of a pair of quantitative variables
- Scatter plot (graphical or descriptive analysis)
- Linear correlation coefficient determination and interpretation
- Determination and representation of simple regression lines by the least squares method
(discuss the exponential fitting method)

LPGRH 543: SOCIAL LAW


Objective:
To master the legal rules applicable to labour and social insurance law in Cameroon.
Content:
General introduction (brief reminder of the employment contract)

 Trade unions
- Creation, typology, membership, missions

 Suspension of employment contract: causes and compensation


- Maternity leave
- Accident at work and occupational disease
- Leave allowances (main and supplementary)
- Technical unemployment
- Departure for military service

 Termination of contract
- Resignation
- Forms of dismissal
- Calculation of rights and compensation

175
 Hygiene and safety at work

LPGRH 55: 4 Credits


Course Unit: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1

LPGRH 551: BUSINESS ENGLISH


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
VOCABULARY
WEEK TOPIC Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Describing your job/Company
Job titles Drawing an organisational
Departments chart
Company 4
Revision of Tenses Reading Comprehension
Structure Hrs
Some Translation Techniques and passages based on the
Practical exercises. speciality concerned and
emphasizing on its vocabulary.
Request
Offers
Complaints
Phrases for telephoning
Making arrangements 4
Telephoning Expressing Polite Request (may I
Listening Comprehension Hrs
use your pen please? etc.)
passages based on the
speciality concerned and
emphasizing on its vocabulary
Lexis of working conditions
(perks, benefits, holidays, salary,
income, promotions etc.) Writing CVs and Application
Employment
Comparing Adjectives Letters
and 4
Lexis describing character: hard Job interview
Job Hrs
work, team player, self-starter etc. How to write an abstract
Applications
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa
IT Vocabulary
Writing e-mails
Prefixes and their meanings: over,
E- Describing a business
under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, etc.
4 business/The transaction. E.g.: Auction sale. 4
Writing: Describing a process.
Internet Stating aims.
Phrases for meetings (minutes,
Agreeing and disagreeing
secretary, chairperson, agenda,

176
etc.)
Translating a process or a
description
Typical functions of
Conditionals
negotiation (request, offers,
Requests, offers
refusals, acceptance, etc.)
Typical phrases: starting, making 4
5 Negotiations -Writing a Speech
offers, refusing, accepting, asking Hrs
-Self-Introduction
for clarification, bargaining
-Introducing Others
Grammar: Reported Speech
- Interviewing
-Writing an essay after a job
Types of essays-argumentative, interview
Writing
descriptive, narrative, picture -Describing Graphs, tables,
Essays and 4
6 essays, etc. etc.
Describing Hrs
Translation of some Commercial -Writing argumentative essays,
Photos
Extracts. emphasizing on paragraphing
and linking words.
4
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION
Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the speciality
concerned.

LPGRH 552: BUSINESS CREATION


Objectives:
Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of ideas for business creation
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan
Course content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:


 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.

177
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan; if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 6
LPGRH61: 6 Credits
Course Unit: TEAM MANAGEMENT AND HUMAN RELATIONS

LPGRH 611: TEAM MANAGEMENT


Objectives:
To master team management in a working environment

Content:
Notion of group and team
Cooperative individualism
Team structure
Team development: affinity set-up, hierarchical set-up, team set-up differences
Leaderships and managerial models (LIKERT, KURT LEWIS, HERSEY and
BLANCHARD)
6) Principles of team management
7) Team cohesion (- professional cohesion - normative and cultural cohesion - affective and
potential cohesion)
8) Team management tools

LPGRH 612: SOCIAL LITIGATION AND SOCIAL SECURITY LAW


Objective:
- To master the legal rules for solving labour law and social security law
litigations.
- To understand the rules governing social insurance in Cameroon.
Content:
Social litigation (for labour inspection and justice) and social security law (National Social
Insurance Fund)

Introduction (revision concerning social insurance, the role of the State, the employer and the
employee in preventing social risk.
Social insurance law.
Assessment of various social risks
Social services provided by the National Social Insurance Fund

178
Rules governing voluntary insurance

 Social litigation
- Labour law litigation
- Social security law litigation

LPGRH 613: LIVING CONDTIONS AT WORK AND HUMAN AND


SOCIAL RELATIONS

Objectives:
To master the development of human and social relations and relations at the workplace.
Content
LIVING CONDTIONS AT WORK

 The concepts of working conditions and living conditions at work


 Physical and mental workload
 Workplace environment
 Work time
 Work safety
HUMAN AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
 Development of human and social relations
 Work standards ILO, Labour code, collective labour agreement, site agreement
 Assessment of the national sociocultural context
 Social dialogue

LPGRH 62: 14 Credits


Course Unit: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
LP GRH 621: TUTORED PROJECT
Objective:
to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
to learn to work as teams, develop initiative taking skills
to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives, meeting
commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral presentation.
Content
In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an institution,
on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or circumstantial issues.
Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create emulation
and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

179
LP GRH 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND
PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP
Objective:
to present current methodology for writing internship reports
- to familiarise students with the business world,
- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice
to learn to identify the company in-house issues
to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth running of
the company
to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the presentation)
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
Elements and structure of a report
Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
Preparation for the public presentation of a report
Use of PowerPoint
Preparation for public defence

180
Part of the course on Professional internship and defence
Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.

LPGRH 63: 6 Credits


Course Unit: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2
LPGRH 631: COMPUTER SCIENCE APPLIED TO HRM
Objectives:
- To master Microsoft windows operating systems
- To use Microsoft Word text processing software.
- To use Microsoft excel spread sheet
- To be able to present a working document in Power Point.
- To master the use of Internet and Intranet Services.
- To place the student in a real life HRM situation.
- Human resource basics with software (Sage HRM).
- Automated management of employee loans,
- Management of employee presence at work,
- Management of holiday allowance,
- Automated management of holidays.
- To master the Data base development approach.
- Case Study
CONTENT:
- Microsoft Windows operating system overview
- Text processing and formatting using Word.
- Working with tables
- Introduction to advertising mail and working with images in a text.
- Basic functions of an excel spread sheet
- Processing of data charts in an Excel spread sheet
- Using functions in Excel Sum, product, Mean, Max, Standard deviation SI, standard
deviation, mean, and end. Month, Mean SI, sum SI, prevision, rate, effective rate,
interest rate
- Formatting and printing an Excel page

181
- How to create a power Point presentation
- Slides management
- Inserting and managing images in slides
- Creating a photo album in power point
- Use and architecture of a data base
- How to conceive a data base
- Getting familiar with the Access environment
- Overview of IT networks (type, architecture, Intranet, Extranet, VPN)
- Internet network (browser, search engines, domain names, yellow pages)
- Using HR software (Ciel, SAARI) for: payment management, social security benefit
management, and labour management.
- Creating a payslip model.

LPGRH 632: MARKETING HR


Objective:

Content
- New relations between employers and employees
- HR marketing stakes
- Importance of Human Resource applied marketing
- Segmentation of HR population
- HR service offer
- HR communication techniques

LPGRH633: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC


ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY
Objectives:
- To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and
their influence on its activity;
Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)

182
LPGRH 64: 4 Credits
Course Unit: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2
LP GRH 641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION
General objectives:
to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Topic 1: Communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
- Motivation letter
- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.

LP GRH 642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT


Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer

183
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

III.2. SPECIALTY ADMINISTRATIVE SCIENCE AND


TECHNICS

Objectives:

The professional bachelor’s Degree in Administrative Science and Techniques sets out to train
corporate staff that will master administrative, accounting, human resource and communication
techniques...

Job opportunities

Carrier opportunities targeted by the bachelor’s degree in Administrative Science and Techniques
- Administrative assistant
- Administrative and financial assistant
- Accounting assistant
- Management control assistant
- Human resource assistant
- General Management assistant

Admission

The training is intended for students who hold the following degrees:
- HND in bilingual secretaryship
- Undergraduate diploma in executive secretaryship
- Undergraduate diploma in applied management of small and medium size organisation
- Have completed 2 years of university studies in management, law, economics.

Organisation

This is a one-year training programme. There are 900 hours distributed as follows: 630 hours of
Lectures and 105 hours of tutorials. There will also be 150 hours of professional practice, i.e. 30
hrs or supervised project and 120 hours of internship. The programme includes fundamental
courses, complementary courses and professional practice

184
COURSE CONTENT

Semester 5 Bachelors in administrative Science and Techniques

Course Credit CE Credit Time allocation


Course title Course title Total
code allocation code allocation L Tutos P SPW
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPSTA
Filing and Filing procedures 3 35 10 0 0 45
511
LPSTA Professional LPSTA
9 Administrative writing 3 35 10 0 0 45
51 communication 512
LPSTA
Business correspondence 3 35 10 0 0 45
513
LPSTA
Human Working in Global World 2 25 5 0 0 30
LPSTA 521
Resource 4
52 LPSTA
Management Organisational Psychology 2 25 5 0 0 30
522
LPSTA Organisation and Management
3 35 10 0 0 45
531 of Administrative Files
LPSTA Administration LPSTA Administrative Cost
7 2 25 5 0 0 30
53 1 532 Management
LPSTA
Total Quality Management 2 25 5 0 0 30
533
Fundamental courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPSTA Organisational structure and
2 25 5 0 0 30
541 functioning of an enterprise
LPSTA Business LPSTA
6 Fundamental marketing 2 25 5 0 0 30
54 environment 1 542
LPSTA Accounting and Financial
2 25 5 0 0 30
542 Management
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPSTA
Business English 2 25 5 0 0 30
LPSTA Transversal 551
4
55 subjects 2 LPSTA
Business creation 2 25 5 0 0 30
552
TOTAL 30 365 85 0 0 450

Legend:
L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

185
Semester 6: Bachelors in administrative Science and Techniques

Course Credit CE Credit Time allocation


Course title Course title Total
code allocation code allocation L Tutos P SPW

Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours


LPSTA
Administrative Work Summary 2 25 5 0 0 30
611
LPSTA Team LPSTA Preparation, execution and
6 2 25 5 0 0 30
61 management 612 monitoring of the budget
LPSTA Administrative Law and Labour
2 25 5 0 0 30
613 Law
LPSTA
Tutored project 4 15 0 0 45 60
LPSTA Professional 621
14
62 practice LPSTA Report writing methodology and
10 30 0 0 120 150
622 professional internship
Fundamental courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPSTA
2 15 5 10 0 30
631 Computer science applied to HR
Business
LPSTA LPSTA
environment 6 2 25 5 0 0 30
63 632 Management simulation
2
LPSTA
2 25 5 0 0 30
633 Human resources management
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPSTA French expression and
2 25 5 0 0 30
LPSTA Transversal 641 communication
4
64 subjects 2 LPSTA Projects management
2 25 5 0 0 30
642
TOTAL 30 235 40 10 165 450

Legend:
L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

186
COURSE CONTENT

SEMESTER 5

LPSTA 51: PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION (9 Credits)

LPSTA 511: Filing and Filing procedures (3 Credits)


Objectives:
- Discuss the purposes of records management; apply filing rules for indexing
names of individuals ; apply filing rules for indexing names of organisation;
discuss types of filing equipment and supplies most often used in offices
Content:
- PRINCIPLES AND PURPOSES OF RECORD MANAGEMENT
- Recall key word
- Recall indexing
- Recall gross reference
- Recall alphabet rule
- Indexing names of individual
- Indexing last names of individual
- Recall rules
- Others
- Recall types of filing procedures
- Discuss types of equipment or supplies used in offices
- Classic
- modern
FILING PROCEDURES
Application on a specific case on a company well known

LPSTA 512: Administrative Writing (3 credits)

Objectives:
Manage internal and external mails of the enterprise; adapt to the various written communication
situations that may occur in the company; draft and format written messages within the
framework of one’s duties; have a good mastery of administrative correspondence: service notes,
reports, minutes, memos, administrative forms.
Content:
 Professional writing practical
 Study and use of administrative forms
 Job search letter writing

 Drafting of notes, reports, briefs, minutes, memos

187
LPSTA 513: Business correspondence (3 Credits)

Objectives:
At the end of this programme, students should display the following characteristics: distinguish
the various business letters, present the various business letters, reply to the various business
letters
Content:
ORGANISATION OF THE MAIL SERVICE
A- Case of NGOs, SMEs, and handicraft enterprises
B- Case of administrations, parasternal companies, multinational institutions
C- Case of big companies
Formulating a practical case, correcting the topics to be presented by every student.
Planning of presentations
Writing presentation
Topic 1: Invitation to tender and request for information concerning an item: documentation and
sales conditions
 Case study: Formulation
 Plan
 Commercial situation
 Letter plan
 Subject: Information about IT equipment: documentation and sales conditions, price
list.
Draft answers in English
 Plan
 Writing
Letter Writing in French
Customising every letter into a typical circular letter.
Bid tally sheet/comparing the supplier with the best offer.
Topic 2: Ordering and requesting information about individuals and companies
 Plan
 Bilingual lexicon
 Commercial situation plan
 Subject
 Letter plan
 Drafting an order letter
 Supplier’s reply for many reasons
 Advertising a new product
 Practical advice on product conservation
Assignment 2
 Information sheet for a customer
 Letter concerning the transfer of the form to the business register or competent
authority, confidential letter,
 Non confidential letter

188
Subject: Information sheet about Boulangerie de Yaoundé
Assignment 3: Asking information about an individual
Topic 3: Delivery, invoicing, settlement
 Plan
 Overview
 Bilingual glossary
 Letter plan
 Letter writing
Assignment 1: For complaint about damaged or missing goods
Supplier’s response to client complaint
Complaint about invoicing errors
Writing a letter to request extension of deadlines
Notification letter
Topic 4: Administration and third parties
Plan, overview, definition and case study: MAC DARWIN ; presentation of the case, summary
glossary in English, draft letter and correction
Topic 5: Litigations, relation between transporters and third parties, case study of Joanes Sarl
 Presentation of case study and correction
 Bilingual glossary
 Overview
 Plan of the 3 letters and written letters + correction
 Plan of the 4th letter
 Writing and correcting the letter
 Resignation letter: plan and writing proper
Assignment to be marked during the next class
Band calculation
Exercises
Writing a memorandum
Preparing and feeling a keyport chart
Writing a memo

LPSTA 52 : HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (4 CREDITS)

LPSTA 521: Working in a Global World (2 Credits)

Objectives:
Identify and highlight the « trust and nine « changes drivers ». Summarize the demographics of
the new workforce. Discuss how the changing political legal environment is affecting the practice
of management
Content:

189
COURSE DISTRIBUTION, PLAN AND CONTENT
General introduction
THE GLOBAL ECONOMY
I- The new Europe
II- The American
III- The Pacific Rica
IV- Africa
STRATAGIES OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
I- Global sourcing
II- Exporting and Importing
III- Licensing and Franchising
IV- Joint ventures
Wholly Owned subsidiaries (direct investment)
MULTINATIONAL CORPORATIONS
I- MNC-HOST country relations
II- Economic, legal-political, and Educational Differences
III- Legal-political differences
IV- Cultural differences
V- Dimension of national culture
VI- CHAPTER IV: MANAGEMENT ACROSS CULTURE
VII- Do American management theories apply abroad?
VIII- What are the lessons of Japanese management?
IX- Global management learning
CONTINUOUS ASSESSEMENT 1
JOB MARKET IN A GLOBAL SETTING
I- What is globalisation?
II- First and foremost a financial globalisation
JOB MARKET IN A GLOBAL SETTING (continues)
I- Origin and evolution of the word “globalisation”
II- Origin and evolutions
III- The great return of States
IV- Network rather than territory
V- Descriptions
VI- Globalisation
VII- Inevitability
Globalisation
Perceptions of globalisation
Conflictual and pluralistic perceptions
VIII- Factors determining contemporary globalisation
1- Trading of plural goods
2- Globalisation of information
3- Representation change
4- Predominance of the Anglo-American language

LPSTA 522: Organisational Physiology (2 Credits)

190
Objectives:
Complete integration of the student into the company: Understanding organisational behaviour;
and the social, cultural and organisational implications of the logistic approach.
Study of real-life cases and enterprise visiting to enable a visualisation of the concepts and
theories acquired during classes.

Content:

Session 1: definition of concepts: psychology, organisation, labour


Organisational psychology, labour psychology
Psychology approaches

Characteristics of an organisation
Levels of analysis of an organisation
Image of an organisation
Purpose of labour psychology
Major related disciplines of psychology
Work orientation
Current issues
Session 2: Presentation: Sigmund Freud, Carl Rogers, Kutz Lewin, B.F Skinner, PAVLOV’s dog
Some bibliographical reference about labour, organisation, the manager
STUDY OF LABOUR ACTIVITY
- Mastery of labour risks
- Definitions of ergonomics
-Labour situations
-Description of a labour situation.
-Labour situation tools
-Labour situation analysis techniques
-Presentations continuation
 Daily life of a manager, the10 managerial roles of Henry Mintzbeig
 Analysis of a labour situation through some tools
 Qualifications and competences: twin sisters?
-Summary
-Introduction
-Conceptual development of qualification

Topic Assessment of competences


-Definitions
-Why assess competences
-Assessment methodology
-Professional approach
Stress management
I. Definition
II. Sources of stress
III. Manifestations of stress
IV. Stress influence factors
V. How to adapt to stress
VI. Lazarus transactional model
ORGANISATIONAL CONFLICT MANAGEMENT

191
I. Definition
II. Various types of organisational conflicts
III. Sources of organisational conflicts
IV. Impacts of organisational conflicts
V. Process and model of conflict assessment
Pondy’s model

LPSTA 53: ADMINISTRATION 1 (7 CREDITS)

LPSTA 531: Organisation and management of Administrative files (3


Credits)

Objectives:
- To master the levels, order and procedures of ordering; to master archiving techniques.
Content:

SORTING ORDERS
- Overview of sorting
- Definition of technical terms
- Various sorting orders
- Bilingual glossary
I. MAJOR SORTING ORDERS
Alphabetical sorting
- Determination of guiding word
- Indexing
- Cross referencing
- Characteristics
- Scope of application
A. ALPHABETICAL SORTING
- How to come up with a guiding word?
- General and specific roles
- Logical mapping of the procedure
B. NUMERICAL SORTING
- Basic principles
- Characteristics
- Scope of application
- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study
C. IDEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHYCAL SORTING
- Principles
- Characteristics
- Scope of application
- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study

192
DERIVED SORTING ORDER
A. DECIMAL SORTING
- History and principles
- Division of the body of knowledge
- Scope of application
- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study
B. ALPHA-NUMERIC AND MIXTED SORTING
- Principles
- Characteristics
- Scope of application
- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study
SORTING PROCEDURES
I. CASE OF CORRESPONDENCES
- Files and box file
- Indexing of files

- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study
II. SORTING OF FILES
- Types of files
- Storage mode
- Commonly used furniture
- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study
III. FILE AND RECORD MANAGMENT
- Overview
- Types of records and files
- Indexing of files
- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study
IV. ARCHIVE ORGANISATION OR SORTING OF VARIOUS DOCUMENTS
IN AN ENTREPRISE
- Computer media
- Necessary equipment
- Sorting of computer media
- Bilingual lexicon
V. COMPUTER SORTING
- Text information processing
- Machines and equipment
- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study
VI. ARCHIVE COMPUTERISATION
- Digital information processing
- Historical background
- Mechanised and automated
- Bilingual lexicon
- Case study

193
LPSTA 532: Administrative cost management (2 Credits)

Objectives:
Intervention in the various phases of a job or activity: preparation, circulation, control, regulation
of the flow of information, identification, definition and control of various costs, assessment and
mastery of administrative costs, adaptation of methods and people to technological and
sociological developments, to work volume and rhythm variations, to economic or legal
challenges.
Content:

I-Structures of administrative cost


 Administrative costs
 Direct costs
 Indirect costs
 Direct and indirect variable costs
II- Corporate budgets
 Budgeted costs
 Difference between public service budgets and corporate budgets
III-Difference
BUDGETARY CONTROL OF THE FUNCTIONING OF ADMINISTRATIVE SOURCES
I- Generalities
1° Definition
2° Role of budgetary control
Practical exercise
II- Gap analysis
1° Main principles of gap analysis
2° Calculation and assessment of the gap on direct cost
Assignment and marking
- Budgetary control: for various administrative units
* fixed budget administrative units
* Flexible budget administrative units
* Example and case study 3
Calculation of the annual budget of the section
* The budget
- Definition
- Numerical application
Calculation and analysis of section cost gab or indirect cost
 Budget gab
 Activity gab
 Output gap
-Numerical application 1 and solution
-Numerical application 2 and solution

194
-Calculation of the flexible budget
-Calculation of pre-established cost
-Presentation of the budget control table for June
-Calculation of the global gab of allocations and gab analysis of costs and activity
- Assessment of the cost gab of consumption on paper
BUDGETARY CONTROL OF THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROGRAMME
Introduction
1° Programme implementation control
2° Graphical control of the cost of a programme
Control of the profitability of a project, an equipment or a reorganisation
1) Accounting method of the choice of investment
Method based on liquidity flow
Net Present Value (NPV) formula
Internal Rate of Return (IRR) criteria
RATIOS
I-Use of ratios
a) Balance sheet analysis
b) Study of the evolution of a company
C) Comparison between companies
II- Major ratios and their meaning
a) Financial structure ratio
b) Liquidity and cash ratio
c) Management ratio
d) Operational ratio
e) Activity ratio
f) Profitability ratio

LPSTA 533: Total Quality Management (2 Credits)

Objective:
Identify five types of product quality; explain how providing a service differs from manufacturing
a product; define TQM.
Content:
 The faces of quality
 5 types of product quality
 Challenges for service providers
 Defining service quality
 Defining TQM
 TQM tools
 Improving product and service quality

LPSTA 54: CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT (6 CREDITS)

195
LPSTA 541: Organisational structure and functioning of the company (2
Credits)

Objectives: to master the structure, organisation and running of an enterprises

Content
6) Structural forms of enterprises
- Presentation of an enterprise (definition, type of company according to their legal status,
type of activity, size)
- Structural forms (hierarchical, functional, hierarchical-functional, divisional, matrix,
network)
7) Functioning of an enterprise
- Decision-making in an enterprise (Types of decisions and decision-making procedures)
- Strategic and operational planning (definitions and content)
8) Diagnostic and strategic analysis (SBU, SWOT, Porter, PESTEL
9) Strategic analysis matrix (BCG, Mc Kinsey)
10) Strategic choices (Porter’s generic strategy, internal growth, external growth

LPSTA 542: Fundamental Marketing (2 Credits)


Objectives : To enable the student to master the basics of marketing and the importance of
marketing for an enterprise/organisation.

Content:

- Marketing basics: origin and development


- Key concepts and marketing approach: definition, scope of application, stakes and limits of
marketing.
- Assessment of the environment and the market: market analysis SWOT-diagnosis.
- Marketing information system: definition, objectives, structure
- Consumer behaviour: area of study, objective, explanatory function.
- STP approach
- Marketing MIX

LPSTA 543: Accounting and Financial Management (2 Credits)

Objectives:
to master the appropriate framework for accounting and financial management

196
to determine the result of an activity using a balance sheet
to carry out the analysis of functional and financial balance sheet using appropriate methods
to measures the company's self-financing capacity and cash flow
To draw up the financial statements

INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS


I. Presentation and structure of the income statement
K. Presentation of the income statement
L. Structure of the income statement
II. Significant management balances
P. Definition and calculation based on schematic accounts
Q. Calculation by filling in the forms of the normal system
R. Definition and calculation of self-financing capacity
III. Income statement analysis by function
V. Notion of function
W. Analysis of expenses by functions
X. Presentation of the functional operating table
IV. Income statement analysis by variability
U. Variability of expenses
V. Analysis of expenses by variability
W. Presentation of the differential operating table
X. Break-even point
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
I. Accounting balance sheet
K. Stable jobs and resources
L. Current jobs and resources
II. Functional balance sheet
J. Adjustment and reclassification of asset items
K. Adjustment and reclassification of liability items
L. Working capital, needs for working capital, treasury
III. Financial balance sheet
K. Liquidity balance sheet items
L. Shifting from accounting balance sheet to liquidated balance sheet
IV. Ratios
K. Use of ratios
L. Key ratios and their meaning

197
DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
I. Normative working capital
K. Definition and principle
L. Application
II. Statement of source and expenditure of funds (TAFIRE)
K. Principle
L. Filling in the table
III. Financing plan
J. Definition and principle
K. Application

LPSTA 55: TRANSVERSAL COURSES (4 CREDITS)

LPSTA 551: Business English (2 credits)


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for effective
communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in an
enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in English.
To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
Company Job titles Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure Departments job/Company
Revision of Tenses Drawing an
Some Translation Techniques organisational chart
and Practical exercises. Reading
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
Telephoning Phrases for telephoning Request 4 Hrs
Expressing Polite Request (may I Offers
use your pen please? etc.) Complaints
Making
arrangements
Listening

198
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
Employment Lexis of working conditions Writing CVs and 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, salary, Application Letters
Job income, promotions etc.) Job interview
Applications Comparing Adjectives How to write an
Lexis describing character: hard abstract
work, team player, self-starter
etc.
Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

4 E- business/The IT Vocabulary Writing e-mails 4


Internet Prefixes and their meanings: Describing a
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business transaction.
etc. E.g.: Auction sale.
Writing: Describing a process. Stating aims.
Phrases for meetings (minutes, Agreeing and
secretary, chairperson, agenda, disagreeing
etc.)
Translating a process or a
description
5 Negotiations Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
Requests, offers negotiation (request,
Typical phrases: starting, making offers, refusals,
offers, refusing, accepting, asking acceptance, etc.)
for clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

6 Writing Essays Types of essays-argumentative,


-Writing an essay 4 Hrs
and Describing descriptive, narrative, picture
after a job interview
Photos essays, etc. -Describing Graphs,
Translation of some Commercial
tables, etc.
Extracts. -Writing
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing and
linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the speciality
concerned.

199
LPSTA 552: Business creation (2 Credits)
Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of
business creation. By the end of this training, the student will be able to:
 identify the sources of business creation ideas
 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are essential for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 present the steps in the development of a business plan

Content:
To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:
 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)
 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSE CONTENT

SEMESTER 6

LPSTA 61: TEAM MANAGEMENT

LPSTA 611: Synthesis of administrative work

Objectives:
Intervention in the various phases of a business or action plan: Preparation, launching,
calculation, control, information flow regulation Expressing organisational needs and

200
coordinating work unit; adapting people and methods to technical and sociological change,
volume and rhythm variations in activity, to economic and judicial constraints, working as a
team, reporting techniques
Content:
Further knowledge and reporting on: information production (use of applied administrative
analysis tools) information consultation (use of IT tools)

LPSTA 612: Preparation, execution and Monitoring of Budget 2 (2 credits)

Objectives:
To define budget; distinguish between different budget types; understand the components of a
budget; present a budget; interpret a budget, monitor a budget.
Content:
 General notions about budget
 Structure of a budget
 Calculation of budgeted costs
 Pre-established costs
 Gab analysis and interpretation
 Cash budget presentation
 Budget monitoring

LPSTA 613: Administrative law and labour law (2 credits)

Objectives:
Acquisition of a legal and institutional culture necessary to analyse and summarise legal texts;
focus on the mastery of a legal method or logic rather than the detailed mastery of a regulatory
instruments and judgements. Legal life framework; persons; individuals, business people, choice
of a legal status, enterprises undergoing hard times; duties, contracts, civil responsibility,
transportation law, trade framework: consumption and competition law; transport law; trade
framework: consumption and competition law; social law, work contract, employee
representations, collective negotiation, public and institutional law, administrative law.
Content:
 The enterprise and the entrepreneur: activities of an enterprise (civil, commercial, economical,
enterprise management organs, collective procedures)
 Contracts
 Company contract
 Major company contract
 Payment
 Debt recovery
 Competition and consumption law
 Risk management

201
 Funding
 Debt recovery
 Prevention and management of company difficulties
 Taxation law: general notions about taxation, compulsory levies, income taxation, economic
activity taxation, local taxation, notions on litigation

LP STA 62: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE (14 Credits)

LPSTA 621: TUTORED PROJECT


Objective: To introduce the students to entrepreneurship opportunity identification.
Specific objectives:
- to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
- to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
- to master project design and management methods
- to be able to present an assignment orally
Content
- In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an
institution, on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or
circumstantial issues.
- Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create
emulation and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LPSTA 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND


PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP

Objective:
- to present current methodology for writing internship reports

- to familiarise students with the business world,


- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice

- to learn to identify the company in-house issues


- to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth
running of the company

202
- to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the
presentation)

Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports


Content:
- Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
- Elements and structure of a report
- Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
- Preparation for the public presentation of a report
- Use of PowerPoint
- Preparation for public defence

Part of the course on Professional internship and defence

Content:

- The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally
before a jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the
candidate's ability to carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field
of study/profession.

LP STA 63: Business environment 2 (6 credits)

LPSTA 631: Computer science applied to HR (2 Credits)

Objectives:
- to master Microsoft windows operating systems
- to use Microsoft Word text processing software.
- to use Microsoft excel spread sheet
- to be able to present a working document in PowerPoint.
- To master the use of Internet and Intranet Services.
- To place the student in a real life HRM situation.

203
- Human resource basics with a software (Sage HRM).
- Automated management of employee loans,
- Management of employee presence at work,
- Management of leave allowance,
- Automated leave management.
- To master the Data base development approach.
- Case Study
CONTENT:
- Microsoft Windows operating system overview
- Text processing and formatting using Word.
- Working with tables
- Introduction to advertising mail and working with images in a text.
- Basic functions of an excel spread sheet
- Processing of data charts in an Excel spread sheet
- Using functions in Excel Sum, product, Mean, Max, Standard deviation SI, standard
deviation, mean, end. Month, Mean SI, sum SI, prevision, rate, effective rate, interest
rate
- Formatting and printing an Excel page
- How to create a power Point presentation
- Slides management
- Inserting and managing images in slides
- Creating a photo album in power point
- Use and architecture of a data base
- How to conceive a data base
- Getting familiar with the Access environment
- Overview of IT networks (type, architecture, Intranet, Extranet, VPN)
- Internet network (browser, search engines, domain names, yellow pages)
- Using HR software (Ciel, SAARI) for: payment management, social security benefit
management, and labour management.
- Creating a payslip model.

LPSTA 632: Management Simulation (2 Credits)


Objective:

204
The objective of this course is to enable students to acquire the knowledge and tools enabling
them to implement the knowledge achieved in their working environment for the proper
running an enterprise.

Content:
- Notion of group and team work
- Notion of corporate strategy
- Team development: affinity set-up, hierarchical set-up, team set-up differences
- Leaderships and managerial models (LIKERT, KURT LEWIS, HERSEY and BLANCHARD)
- Management tools and team management principles
- Main organisational structures
- Corporate performance tools

LPSTA 632: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (2 Credits)

Objectives:

- Master the techniques and tools relating to the management of jobs and payment; and
administrative, accounting, social and human resource management
- To manage analysis tools for staff movements
- To assist in the implementation of steering tools such as competency frameworks, social
rank, social audit frameworks, etc.
Content

- Employee files, recruitment formalities, interim management, absence monitoring;


sickness, maternity, work accidents

- HRM related to transport and logistics (team leadership and management )

- EVALUATION AND THE NOTION OF CAREER


- HRM DEFINITION AND STAKES
- THE NOTION OF GPEC
- ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGMENT OF STAFF
- TRAINING

LPSTA 641: French Expression and Communication


General objectives: to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Content:
Topic 1: Communication
General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.

205
Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group dynamics, use of
modern communication techniques.
Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
- Motivation letter
- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
Debrief;
Report (mission, activity, summary):
Minutes;
Memos;
Communiqué
Circular letter.

LPSTA 642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.
Project management course content

Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

206
IV.BANKING AND INSURANCE
IV.1. SPECIALITY: Banking and Insurance
Objectives
The aim of the bachelor’s degree programme in Banking and Insurance is to train specialists
who can advise and manage customers in the banking and insurance sector in particular, and
in financial institutions in general It is all about training senior staff that can manage
portfolios in banking, financial and insurance institutions. Carrying out technical, commercial
and management activities.
Job opportunities
Laureates will be versatile enough to carry out various operations. They can, eventually,
move into other banking and insurance jobs such as marketing manager, professional client
management advisory, asset management advisory, risk management, agency collaborator
advisory, general agent, broker, insurance etc.
Admission
The training is open to students who have completed level two (BTS, DUT, DEUG, DTA) or
any other equivalent degree recognised as such by the Ministry of Higher Education.
Organisation
This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses.
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training consists of 900 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical works.

207
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor‟s Degree (LP3) – Banking and insurance
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPBA 51 LPBA 511 Introduction to stock markets 30 15 - - 45 3
Finance
6 Credits LPBA 512 Banking analysis of an enterprise 30 15 - - 45 3
LPBA 521 Basic insurance products 20 10 - - 30 2
LPBA 52 Insurance product
LPBA 522 Insurance product marketing 20 10 - - 30 2
7 Credits trade
LPBA 523 Insurance and banking law 30 10 - 5 45 3
LPBA 531 Banking and Insurance accounting 30 10 - 5 45 3
LPBA 53 Banking and
LPBA 532 Banking and Insurance Market 20 10 - - 30 2
7 Credits insurance
LPBA 533 Customer relation management 20 10 - - 30 2
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPBA 541 Actuarial studies 30 10 - 5 45 3
LPBA 54 Business National and international economic environment of
LPBA 542 20 10 - - 30 2
6 Credits environment 1 the company
LPBA 543 Banking Marketing 10 5 - - 15 1
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPBA 55 Transversal subjects LPBA 551 English Language 20 5 - 5 30 2
4 Credits 2 LPBA 552 Business creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 115 0 25 450 30
Legend: LC : Lecture Courses; Tuto: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

Page 208 of 323


SEMESTER 6
Course Course Workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPBA 611 Management of Microfinance Institution (MFIs) 20 10 - - 30 2
LPBA 61
Management LPBA 612 Banking and Insurance Risk Management 20 10 - - 30 2
6 Credits
LPBA 613 Social Security Law 20 10 - - 30 2
LPBA 62 Professional LPBA 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
14 practice LPBA 622 Report writing methodology and professional
credits 30 - - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPBA 631 Applied computer science and digitalisation 30 10 -- 5 45 3
LPBA 63 Business
LPBA 632 Human resources management 20 10 - - 30 2
6 credits environment 2
LPBA 633 Professional Ethics 10 5 - - 15 1
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPBA 64 Transversal LPBA 641 French expression and communication 20 5 5 30 2
4 credits subjects 2 LPBA 642 Projects management 20 5 - 5 30 2
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30
Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

Page 209 of 323


COURSE CONTENT

SEMESTER 5
LP BA 51: 6 Credits
Course Unit: FINANCE

LPBA 511: INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MARKETS


Objectives:
To provide students with the basic tools and techniques that they need to assess financial
assets and portfolio management.

Course content

 General presentation of financial markets


 Various types of financial markets
 Financial market operationality: role of the financial market
 Products traded in the financial market: bonds markets and share markets (definition,
characteristics, categories/typology, evaluation method, etc.)
 Notion of portfolio insurance
 Organisation, functioning and composition of the financial market
 Functioning of stock exchanges
 Stock exchange orders
 Trading markets
 Listing of companies in the stock exchange and path of a stock exchange order
 Stock exchange and enterprises: application to the financial market of CEMAC
countries
 Listing of companies in the stock exchange
 Stock exchange transaction circuit
 Modalities for a stock exchange order
 Organisation of a stock exchange session
 Performance criteria for financial markets and stock exchange indicators

210
LPBA512: BANKING ANALYSIS OF AN ENTERPRISE
Objective
Provide students with the basic tools enabling them to assess the financial situations of an
enterprise to determine its creditworthiness.

Content

INTRODUCTION
11) General considerations on banking risk and credit distribution

Financial analysis preparation


I. From accounting statements to financial information
A. Key adjustments
B. Consolidation of accounts
C. Preparation of condensed balance sheet
II. Financial analysis of the enterprise
A. Objectives and goals of financial analysis
B. Financial analysis methods
Income statement analysis
I. Presentation of income statement
A. Expense accounts
B. Income accounts
II. Calculating and interpreting intermediate management balances

Balance sheet analysis


Calculation and use of the meaning of
I. Working capital
II. Working capital needs
III. Net cash
IV. Net asset
V. self-funding
Taking position on the case
I. Elements for assessing a loan application
A. Financial structure

211
B. Functioning of the account
II. Other elements for assessing a loan application
A. Human factors
B. Safety

LP BA 51: 7 Credits
Course Unit: TRADING INSURANCE PRODUCTS

LPBA 521: BASIC INSURANCE PRODUCTS


Objective:
This course aims at familiarising the student with the various insurance products

Content:
General introduction
 Overview of the two main types of insurance
Compensation principles
Management techniques
Insurance managed through distribution
Insurance managed through capitalisation

 Insurance products for individuals


Physical safety insurance products
Personal insurance
Accidents
Exclusions
Pricing
Health Insurance
Definition of sickness
 Medical evacuation
 Health care abroad
 Dental care
 Eye glasses or eye care.
 Repatriation of mortal remains
 Funeral costs

212
 Maternity
Exclusions
Types of health insurance contracts
Pricing
Settlement of claims
Life insurance products and capitalisation
The insurer
The subscriber
The insured
The beneficiary
Procedures for designating the beneficiary
Beneficiary’s rights
Insurance settlements
Key insurance contracts
On life contracts
Differed capital with no insurance card
Differed capital with return of premiums
Immediate life annuity
Differed life annuity with no return of premiums
Life annuity with return of premiums
Immediate temporary annuity
Differed temporary annuity with no return of premiums
Differed term insurance with return of premiums
Assurance on death only
Term life insurance
Immediate whole life insurance
Differed whole life insurance
Term education annuities
Mixed contracts
Classic mixed insurance
Fixed term insurance
Mixed education annuity
Bond investments
Definition

213
Stakeholders in bond investments
Premium
 Property insurance
Overview
Stakeholders
Insured assets
Insurance value
Premium
Property insurance
Insurance against fire and related risks
Insurance against burglary
Insurance against water damages
Plate glass insurance
Machine breakdown insurance
All-risk IT insurance

 Liability insurance
 Reinsurance concept and basic reinsurance products

LPBA 522: MARKETING OF INSURANCE PRODUCTS

Objective
To familiarise the student with techniques and method for selling basic insurance products.

Content:
 Conceptual Marketing Approach
 Insurance Environment
Insurance in Cameroon
Overview
Legal environment
Business environment
The Cima code
 Commercial organisation of an insurance company

214
 Conception and development insurance products
 Insurance distribution network
Typical functions of an insurance company
Diversity of companies
Traditional functions
Major departments of an insurance company
Commercial department
Technical department
Administrative department
Financial department
 Commercial network in an insurance company
Different types of intermediaries
General insurance agents
Characteristics of the profession
Termination of duties
Insurance brokers
Characteristics of the profession
Commercial freedom
Acknowledgement of the broker’s right to customers and to commission
Business providers
Internal commercial network
Employed producers
Inspectors
Unpaid staff
 Sales tools applied to the, marketing of insurance products (life and IARDT) and
non-life
- Knowledge of insurance products in insurance companies: cases study of SUNU
ASSURANCE – SAHAM – BENEFICIAL LIFE - ASCOMA –
- Rates grid for calculating insurance premium
- Difference between prospect and suspect
- The ORANGE / PMA/ the 04 C / PLAISIR / PARADIS / CAP formula
- Sales strategy
- Sales basics

215
- Essential conditions to sell
- Portfolio management

LPBA 523: BANKING AND INSURANCE LAW

Objectives:
To enable the student to acquire the basics of banking regulation in Cameroon and master
legal rules applicable to insurance contract.

BANKING LAW

 Legal framework of the banking profession (conditions for carrying out a banking
activity, legal status of banks, bank control bodies);
 Legal system of banking transactions (types of bank account , conditions for opening
an account, functioning and closure of bank accounts);
 Contractual obligations and responsibility of the banker
 Payment and credit instruments (cheques, bank cards, commercial instruments).

INSURANCE LAW
Content :
General introduction (definition-historical background-insurance law sources, economic and
social role of insurance; distinction between insurance contract and related notions,
mathematical basis of insurance)
Part 1: Insurance contract
I. Training
II. Entry into force
III. Implementation
IV. Termination
V. Litigation
Part 2: Branches/types of insurance
- insurance of persons: medical insurance
- Property insurance IARD

216
- Third-party liability insurance

LP BA 53: 7 Credits
Course Unit: BANKING INSURANCE

LPBA 531: BANKING AND INSURANCE ACCOUNTING

Objective
To acquire knowledge on basic standards and banking principle as well as insurance.

Part 1: Banking accounting


Content
- Accounting standardisation and accounting plans of credit establishments: presentation
of banking balance sheet.
- Operations accounts with customers: customers' deposits; cash vouchers et term
deposits; saving accounts and passbook accounts; customer credits: notions of check
cashing and commercial instrument; notion of discount; notion of in fine refundable
loan and amortisable loan; notion of unpaid, doubtful and irrecoverable debts,
consortium loans
- Notion of banking pool, leader and participants; leasing; engagement, acquisition,
enforcement of a contract, invoicing and rents collection
- Various bank securities: Acquisition, disposal and inventory assessment
- Interbank transactions, inter-agency operations
- Funds transfers and remittances within and outside the CFA Franc zone
- Loans and borrowings in foreign currencies; Credit and documentary remittance
- Tutorials on interbank transactions and international activities
- Changes in capital: increase; permanent capital; capital reduction, Issuing of bonds
- Other functioning operations: staff payment; current operational expenses; purchase
and sales of goods
- Permanent inventory; intermittent inventory, scrapping of goods
- Inventory; amortisation and provision; accrual/deferral of expenses and revenues:
drawing of summary tables

217
Part 2: Insurance Accounting
- To enable the students to acquire knowledge on accounting principles of the CIMA
code, master accounting entry systems of insurance operations present summary
documents
- Accounting standardisation and the CIMA code accounting plan.
- Common insurance operations
- Issuance of premiums and cancellation of authorisation for companies with no
intermediary
- Common insurance operations
- Issuance of premiums and cancellation of authorisation for companies with
intermediaries
- Technical management
- Remedies and claims
- Tutorials on common transactions and technical management
- Sale accounting
- Reinsurance, key notions
- Sale accounting
- Ceded reinsurance
- Sale accounting
- Ceded reinsurance
- Sale accounting
- Coinsurance
- Sale accounting
- Co-insurance
- Technical provisions
- Mathematical provisions
- Investment accounting
- Acquisition of fixed assets
- Investment accounting
- Acquisition and sale of investment securities
- Acquisition, sale, inventory assessment
- Inventory work
- amortisation and provision
- Inventory work

218
- accrual/deferral of expenses and revenues
- Presentation of the general trading account and the general loss and profit accounts
- Presentation of the balance sheet and income statement pending allocation

LPBA 532: BANKING AND INSURANCE MARKET


Objective
The course aims at presenting the specificities of the banking and insurance market.

Content
- Banking and insurance clients (individuals, professionals and enterprises)
- Cashier services: Right to a bank account and the banker’s liability, prior verifications
indispensable for opening an account. Opening of account, payment methods,
regulation of charges and bank account, closure of account.
- Investment services: Banking and non-banking investments
- Bankinsurance and related products
- Notions about banking and insurance product pricing
- Role of the National Credit Council (NCC) and the Cameroon Association of
insurance companies (ASAC)

LPBA 533: CUSTOMER RELATION MANAGEMENT

Objective
To familiarise student with customer loyalty techniques
Content
- Segmentation of clients
- Profitability of clients
- From the client approach to the optimisation of client relations
- Evolution of marketing-mix
- Customer retention tools (queue management, complaint management, etc.)
- Bargaining
- Prospecting
- Tools for measuring commercial performance

219
LP BA 54: 6 Credits
Course Unit: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2

LPBA 541: ACTUARIAL SCIENCE

Objective :
To familiarise students with basic principles of actuarial science

Specific objectives: By the end of this course, students should be able to carry out statistical
analysis of data and calculate and interpret the actuarial values of insurance premiums.
-

Content:
Presentation of the insurance market
Topic 1: Reminder of the basic mathematics of capitalisation insurance
Geometric sequence
Definition
General expression of a geometric sequence
Sum of a geometric sequence
Interest calculation
Basic notions
Simple interest
Commercial current value
Rational current value
Average rate of a series of investments
Compound interest
Equivalent rate, proportional rate
Constant annuities
Vested value of a series of constant annuities
Current value of a series of annuities

Topic 2: LIFE ANNUITY PROBABILITIES


Mortality table
Probability in case of life

220
Probability in case of death
Estimation of annual mortality rate

Topic 3: PREMIUM CALCULATION


Traditional methodology
Mathematical expectancy
Probable current value
General constrains
Probable current value calculation

Topic 4: LIFE ANNUITY ENGAGEMENTS IN CASE OF LIFE


Differed capital
Life annuities
Definition
Constant annuities
Constant annuities in arrears
Annuities in advance
Specific cases

Topic 5: LIFETIME COMMITMENTS ON DEATH AND SERVICE ANNUITIES


Death insurance payable mid-year
Term life insurance
Whole-life insurance
Mixed insurance
LPBA 542: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC
ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY

Objectives:

- To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and
their influence on its activity;

Content:

221
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)

LPBA 543: BANKING MARKETING


Objective
To introduce the various banking marketing techniques to students

Content
- Notion of marketing mix (product, place, price, promotion)
- Individual client's behaviour
- Sales techniques
- Sales force
- Sales techniques: sales function, various sales techniques

222
LP BA55: 4 Credits
Course Unit: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1

LP BA 551: BUSINESS ENGLISH


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for
effective communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in
an enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in
English. To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
1. Company - Job titles - Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure - Departments job/Company
- Revision of Tenses - Drawing an
- Some Translation Techniques organisational
and Practical exercises. chart
- Reading
Comprehension
passages based
on the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on
its vocabulary.
2. Telephoning - Phrases for telephoning - Request 4 Hrs
- Expressing Polite Request - Offers
(may I use your pen please? - Complaints
etc.) - Making
arrangements
- Listening
Comprehension
passages based
on the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on
its vocabulary
3. Employment - Lexis of working conditions - Writing CVs 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, and Application
Job salary, income, promotions Letters

223
Applications etc.) - Job interview
- Comparing Adjectives - How to write an
- Lexis describing character: abstract
hard work, team player, self-
starter etc.
- Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

4 E- business/The - IT Vocabulary - Writing e-mails 4


Internet - Prefixes and their meanings: - Describing a
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business
etc. transaction.
- Writing: Describing a process. E.g.: Auction
- Phrases for meetings (minutes, sale.
secretary, chairperson, agenda, - Stating aims.
etc.) - Agreeing and
- Translating a process or a disagreeing
description
5 Negotiations - Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
- Requests, offers negotiation
- Typical phrases: starting, (request, offers,
making offers, refusing, refusals,
accepting, asking for acceptance, etc.)
clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
- Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

6 Writing Essays - Types -Writing an essay 4 Hrs


of essays-
and Describing argumentative, after a job interview
descriptive,
Photos -Describing Graphs,
narrative, picture essays, etc.
- Translation tables, etc.
of some
-Writing
Commercial Extracts.
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing
and linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary


pertaining to the speciality concerned.

224
LPBA 552: BUSINESS CREATION
Objectives:
To introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of business
creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:

 identify the sources of ideas for business creation


 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan

Course content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:

 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)


 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

225
COURSE CONTENT
OF SEMESTER 6

LP BA 61: 6 Credits
Course Unit: MANAGEMENT

LPBA 611: MICROFINANCE INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT


Objective
To provide the student with microfinance institution management tools and techniques
Content
- Historical evolution of MFIs
- Creation and organisation of MFIs
- MFIs governance
- Management conditions
- Management standards
- Prudential standards
- Various types of relations between banks and microfinance institutions
- Economic weight and impact of the activities of the microfinance sector
- Strengths and weaknesses of microfinance institutions vis-à-vis conventional banks
- Management of risk, litigation and human resource

LPBA 612: MANAGEMENT OF BANK AND INSURANCE RISK

Objective
To identify the key risks faced by banking and insurance institutions and provide the adequate
solutions
Content

1. Summary presentation of a banking balance sheet


1) Types of banking risks: credit risk, foreign exchange risk, operational risk, market risk, etc.
2) Risk management method: identification, assessment and prevention

226
2. Summary presentation of an insurance balance sheet
3) Types of insurance risks: pure risk, speculative risk, financial risk, etc.
4) Insurance risk management method: prevention, coinsurance, reinsurance

LPBA 613: SOCIAL SECURITY LAW

Course objective:
To familiarise students with the regulatory standards governing social security in Cameroon

Content

INTRODUCTION

 Role of social security


 Sources of social security law
 History of social security in Cameroon

I. Family benefits
II. Pension insurance
III. Occupational risks

LP BA62: 14 Credits
Course Unit: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

LPBA 621: TUTORED PROJECT


Objective:
To train students to identify entrepreneurial opportunity

Specific objectives:
- to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
- to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
- to master project design and management methods
- to be able to present an assignment orally
Content

227
- In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an
institution, on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or
circumstantial issues.
- Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create
emulation and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LPBA 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND


PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP

Objective:
- to present current methodology for writing internship reports

- to familiarise students with the business world,


- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice

- to learn to identify the company in-house issues


- to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth
running of the company
- to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the
presentation)

Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports


Content:
- Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
- Elements and structure of a report
- Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
- Preparation for the public presentation of a report
- Use of PowerPoint
- Preparation for public defence

Part of the course on Professional internship and defence

228
Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.

LP BA63: 6 Credits
Course Unit: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2

LPBA 631: COMPUTER SCIENCE AND APPLIED DIGITALISATION

OBJECTIVE:
To familiarise the learner with the concepts of information systems applied to banking.
Specific objectives:
At the end of the course, the student shall master the general concepts of information systems
and their role in a banking institution.
The course will enable the student to:
- master general notions about banking information systems, data bases, data base
management systems, the relational model, implement a data base in MS Access, master and
use the functionalities of a spread sheet, master the methods and transactions used in e-
banking, etc.

Content:
Banking information system, functionalities and role. Presentation of the relational model:
notion, advantages of a DBMS; architecture and components of a DBMS, functioning of a
DBMS, notion of DB and LDM; implementation and handling of data in MS Access from a
LDM: through graphical interface and through SQL- LDM requests, use of Excel spread sheet
in the banking information system on Excel in VBA, use of e-banking (customer service
through e-banking, ensure safety of e-banking transactions, banking software (Eloge Bank,
Delta Bank, Barberousse, Hannibal, etc.) and also insurance software (case of Mercure).

LPBA 632: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

229
Objective:
To get the student familiar with the understanding of the operational mechanisms of human
resources in an organisation.

Content
- Generalities on HRM: Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.
- HR sub-functions: Personnel administration (HR), recruitment, evaluation, training,
career management, remuneration (employee's record, salary components, wage
calculation, etc.), GPEC (jobs and skills forecast management).
- Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard

LPBA 633: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


Objective
To teach the students the ethical values that they need to properly do their job.
Content
INTRODUCTION

 Definitions and sources of the professional code of ethics


 Banking ethics and deontology in particular
General duties of a banker (case of the insurer)
I. Professional secrecy
II. Duty of loyalty
III. Insider trading
IV. Duty to provide information
V. Fight against money laundering
VI. duty of non-interference

Professional duty of the banker in line with standard banking practices (case of the
insurer)
I. Duties of the manager in charge of account opening
II. Duties of the manager in charge of received orders
III. Duties of the manager in charge of securities deposits
IV. Duties of the manager in charge portfolio management
V. Duties on security-safes
Banker‟s civil liability in tort (case of the insurer)

230
Overview of the legal liability in tort
I. Depositary banker
II. Lending banker
III. Proxy banker
IV. Custodian banker

Criminal liability of bankers (case of the insurer)


I. Banking sector violation
II. Tax and custom obligations
III. Bankruptcy capacity

LP BA 64: 4 Credits
Course Unit: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2

LPBA 641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION

Objective:
 to familiarise students with professional communication theories.

Topic 1: Communication
- General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
- Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
- Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group
dynamics, use of modern communication techniques.
- Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration

231
- Motivation letter
- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
- Debrief;
- Report (mission, activity, summary):
- Minutes;
- Memos;
- Communiqué
- Circular letter.

LPBA 642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT


COURSE OBJECTIVES

 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT


Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

232
IV.2. SPECIALITY: BANKING AND FINANCE Specialty:
CUSTOMER MANAGEMENT ADVISORY
Objectives
The aim of the bachelor’s degree programme in banking and finance is to train customer
relationship officers (CRO). This management adviser will have to handle all the client needs
with the mission of managing and developing client portfolios.
Specifically, these professionals shall be able to:
- assess a client's financial situation
- assess client risk
- carry out a client negotiation
- ensure effective business monitoring
- create a global offer adapted to client needs
- carry out a financial approach
- handle the needs of average and high level clients
Job opportunities
Laureates will be versatile enough to carry out various operations. At the end, the laureate
should be able to exercise other banking professions such as marketing manager, professional
client management advisor, and wealth management advisory.
Admission
The training is intended for students holding a level two (BTS, DUT, DEUG, DTA) or an
equivalent diploma in communication or commercial action and having a basic general
training in computer science. This Bachelor's degree programme is also available for in-
service training.
Organisation
This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical courses.
Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and individual or
group projects.
The training consists of 900 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical work.

233
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor’s degree (LP3) – Specialisation: BANKING AND FINANCE; Option CUSTOMER MANAGEMENT ADVISORY
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCGC LPCGC 511 Banking market and firms 30 10 5 45 3
Trading banking
51
products LPCGC 512 Fundamental and banking marketing 20 10 30 2
5 Credits
LPCGC LPCGC 521 Banking risk analysis and management 30 10 5 45 3
52 Finance 1 LPCGC 522 Further monetary and banking economics 20 10 30 2
8 Credits LPCGC 523 Stock exchange transactions 30 10 5 45 3
LPCGC LPCGC 531 Banking and insurance accounting 30 10 5 45 3
Banking
53 LPCGC 532 Banking and finance law 20 10 30 2
environment
7 Credits LPCGC 533 Taxation of banking transactions 20 10 30 2
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCGC 541 Financial Mathematics 20 10 - - 30 2
LPCGC
Business National and international economic environment of
54 LPCGC 542 20 10 - - 30 2
environment 1 the company
6 Credits
LPCGC 543 Customer relation management 20 10 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPCGC LPCGC 551 Business English 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal
55
subjects 2 LPCGC 552 Business creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
4 Credits
TOTAL 300 115 0 25 450 30
Legend: LC : Lecture Courses; Tuto: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work
Course Course Workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits

234
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCGC Management of Microfinance Institution (MFIs)
35 5 5 45 3
611
LPCGC
LPCGC
61 Finance II Wealth advisory and management 20 10 30 2
612
6 Credits
LPCGC Islamic Finance
10 5 15 1
613
LPCGC Professional LPCGC
Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
62 (14 practice 621
credits) LPCGC Report writing methodology and professional
30 - 120 150 10
622 internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCGC
Computer science and applied digitalisation 30 10 5 45 3
631
LPCGC
Business LPCGC
63 Human resources management 20 10 30 2
environment 2 632
(6 credits)
LPCGC
Professional Ethics 10 5 15 1
633
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPCGC French expression and communication
LPCGC 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal 641
64 (4
subjects 2 LPCGC Projects management
credits) 20 5 5 30 2
642
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30
SEMESTER 6
Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

235
COURSE CONTENT

SEMESTER 5
LP CGC 51: 5 Credits
Course Unit: TRADING BANKING PRODUCTS

LP CGC 511: BANKING MARKET AND FIRMS


Objective
- To get the student familiar with the understanding of banking activity and financial
sources of banking profitability
Part 2: Banking firms
- The place of banks in the financial system, laying emphasis on their ability to
overcome information asymmetries in financing.
- Analyse the sources of bank profitability and risk management (liquidity, interest rate
and credit).
- Evolution of banking regulations and that of the French, African and Cameroonian
banking sectors
Part 1: Banking market
- Banking clients ( individuals, professionals and companies)
- Cashier services: Right to a bank account and the banker’s liability, prior verifications
indispensable for opening an account. Opening of account, payment methods,
regulation of charges and bank account, closure of account.
- Investment services: Banking and non-banking investments
- Bankinsurance and related products
- Banking product pricing
- Role of the National Credit Council
LP CGC 512: FUNDAMENTAL MARKETING AND BANKING
Objective:
to familiarise the student with techniques and methods for selling banking products
Content
- Fundamental marketing concept and its implementation tools (Marketing mix)
- Conceptual approach to banking marketing and banking marketing Mix
- Specificities of banking marketing
- Banking marketing tools (Banking mix)

236
- Individual client's behaviour
- Sales techniques
- Sales force

LP CGC 52: 8 Credits


Course Unit: FINANCE 1

LP CGC 521: ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF BANKING RISK


Objective
Provide students with risks analysis tools to students
Content
 Financial diagnosis of a company
 Preparation and review of a credit file
 Financial System (special case of Cameroon and the CEMAC zone)
 Banking risks nomenclature
 Banking risk analysis tools (their control, prevention, and their coverage and/ or
transfer)
 Credit risks prevention methods (VAR, RAROC, RATING, etc.)

LP CGC 522: FUTHER MONETARY AND BANKING ECONOMICS


Objective
To get the student familiar with the understanding of national and international monetary and
banking mechanisms
Content
 Overview of balance of payment
- International monetary exchange
- National monetary and financial system
- International monetary and financial system (evolution)
- International financial institutions and international capital flows
- Monetary zones
- Financial crisis (stock-exchange crisis, currency crisis)
 Monetary policies (macroeconomic policy in an open economy)

LP CGC 523: STOCK EXCHANGE TRANSACTION


Objective:
to familiarise the students with stock market mechanisms
Specific objectives: By the end of the course, the student will be able to:

237
 understand the way the stock market works (securities exchange) and determine the
price of securities.
 master the process of determining the price
 Analyse stock market investment techniques

Content
- Financial markets: types and functioning
- Financial markets performance criteria and stock market indicators
- Issuance operations and stock market techniques
- Securities bargaining process
- Transaction in securities and securities taxation

LP CGC 53: 7 Credits


Course Unit: BANKING ENVIRONMENT

LPCGC 531: BANKING AND INSURANCE ACCOUNTING


Objective:
To acquire knowledge on basic standards and banking principle as well as insurance.
Part 1: Banking accounting
Content
- Accounting standardisation and accounting plans of credit establishments: presentation of
banking balance sheet.
- Operations accounts with customers: customers' deposits; cash vouchers et term deposits;
saving accounts and passbook accounts; customer credits: notions of check cashing and
commercial instrument; notion of discount; notion of in fine refundable loan and
amortisable loan; notion of unpaid, doubtful and irrecoverable debts, consortium loans
- Notion of banking pool, leader and participants; leasing; engagement, acquisition,
enforcement of a contract, invoicing and rents collection
- Various bank securities: Acquisition, disposal and inventory assessment
- Interbank transactions, inter-agency operations
- Funds transfers and remittances within and outside the CFA Franc zone
- Loans and borrowings in foreign currencies; Credit and documentary remittance
- Tutorials on interbank transactions and international activities
- Changes in capital: increase; permanent capital; capital reduction, Issuing of bonds

238
- Other functioning operations: staff payment; current operational expenses; purchase and
sales of goods
- Permanent inventory; intermittent inventory, scrapping of goods
- Inventory; amortisation and provision; accrual/deferral of expenses and revenues: drawing
of summary tables

Part 2: Insurance Accounting


- Accounting standardisation and the CIMA code accounting plan.
- Common insurance operations
- Issuance of premiums and cancellation of authorisation for companies with no
intermediary
- Common insurance operations
- Issuance of premiums and cancellation of authorisation for companies with intermediaries
- Technical management
- Remedies and claims
- Tutorials on common transactions and technical management
- Sale accounting
- Reinsurance, key notions
- Sale accounting
- Ceded reinsurance
- Sale accounting
- Ceded reinsurance
- Sale accounting
- Co-insurance
- Sale accounting
- Co-insurance
- Technical provisions
- Mathematical provisions
- Investment accounting
- Acquisition of fixed assets
- Investment accounting
- Acquisition and sale of investment securities
- Acquisition, sale, inventory assessment

239
- Inventory work
- amortisation and provision
- Inventory work
- accrual/deferral of expenses and revenues
- Presentation of the general trading account and the general loss and profit accounts
- Presentation of the balance sheet and income statement pending allocation

LPCGC 532: BANKING AND FINANCE LAW


Objective
To enable the student to master the basics of banking law in Cameroon and the CEMAC zone.

Specific objectives
- To master the various means of payment and the possible duties of the banker;
- To understand the legal techniques for managing a client portfolio;
- To ensure the safety of various banking operations to avoid risks;
- To understand the legal and regulatory framework underpinning the functioning of the
financial market
CONTENT
I. Banking Law

 Legal framework of the banking profession (conditions for carrying out a banking
activity, legal status of banks, banking supervisory bodies);
 Legal system of banking transactions (types of bank account , conditions for opening
an account, functioning and closure of bank accounts);
 Contractual obligations and responsibility of the banker
 Payment and credit instruments (cheques, bank cards, commercial instruments).

II. Financial Law

 Regulation of the financial market


 Financial Market stakeholders (Investment companies, supervisory authorities, stock
market companies)
 Financial market activities, financial market transactions: securities (debt securities,
bonds, equities or shares, term financial instruments)

LPCGC 533 : TAXATION ON BANKING TRANSACTIONS


Objective:

240
to familiarise the students with the tax regulation governing banking activities
Content:
 Introduction to taxation
 Expenditure tax; VAT on company account maintenance fee, VAT on agio
 Personal Income tax (focus on treatments, salaries; pension and life annuities; income
from securities; and other schedules i.e. BAIC and BNC)
 Recording duties on credit guarantee (surety bonds, mortgages )
 Corporate tax (banking operations subject to corporate tax; determining the taxable
profit)

LP CGC 54: 6 Credits


Course Unit: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2
LPCGC 541 : FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS
Objective
To familiarise the students with economic and financial calculations

Content
A. Theoretical aspect

- Simple interest system


- Discount
- Financial instruments and capital equivalence
- Current and interest account
- Compound interest system
- annuities
- Unearned income
- Joint loans
- Bond borrowing
- Investment and funding choices
- Effective loan rate
- Return rate
- Cost rate

I. Practical aspect: practice using Excel

LPCGC 542: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC


ENVIRONMENT OF THE COMPANY
Objectives:

241
- To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and their
influence on its activity;
Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)
LPCGC 543: CUSTOMER RELATION MANAGEMENT
Objective
To familiarise student with customer loyalty techniques
Content:
- Segmentation of clients
- Profitability of clients
- From the client approach to the optimisation of client relations
- Evolution of marketing-mix
- Customer retention tools (queue management, complaint management, etc.)
- Bargaining
- Prospecting
- Tools for measuring commercial performance

LP CGC 55: 4 Credits


Course Unit: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1

LP CGC 551: BUSINESS ENGLISH

The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of


communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;

242
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for
effective communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in
an enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in
English. To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:

VOCABULARY
WEEK TOPIC Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
- Describing your
job/Company
- Drawing an
- Job titles organisational
- Departments chart
Company - Revision of Tenses - Reading 4
4.
Structure - Some Translation Comprehension Hrs
Techniques and Practical passages based
exercises. on the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on
its vocabulary.
- Request
- Offers
- Complaints
- Making
- Phrases for telephoning arrangements
- Expressing Polite Request - Listening 4
5. Telephoning
(may I use your pen Comprehension Hrs
please? Etc.) passages based
on the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on
its vocabulary
- Lexis of working
conditions (perks,
benefits, holidays, salary,
income, promotions etc.) - Writing CVs and
- Comparing Adjectives Application
Employment
- Lexis describing Letters
and 4
6. character: hard work, team - Job interview
Job Hrs
player, self-starter etc. - How to write an
Applications
- Translation: Some abstract
commercial extract from
English to French and vice
versa

243
- IT Vocabulary
- Prefixes and their
- Writing e-mails
meanings: over, under, un,
- Describing a
dis, mis, il, ir, etc.
business
E- - Writing: Describing a
transaction. E.g.:
4 business/The process. 4
Auction sale.
Internet - Phrases for meetings
- Stating aims.
(minutes, secretary,
- Agreeing and
chairperson, agenda, etc.)
disagreeing
- Translating a process or a
description
- Conditionals Typical functions of
- Requests, offers negotiation (request,
- Typical phrases: starting, offers, refusals,
making offers, refusing, acceptance, etc.)
4
5 Negotiations accepting, asking for -Writing a Speech
Hrs
clarification, bargaining -Self-Introduction
- Grammar: Reported -Introducing Others
Speech - Interviewing

-Writing an essay
after a job interview
- Types of essays-
-Describing Graphs,
Writing argumentative,
tables, etc.
Essays and descriptive, narrative, 4
6 -Writing
Describing picture essays, etc. Hrs
argumentative
Photos - Translation of some
essays, emphasizing
Commercial Extracts.
on paragraphing and
linking words.
4
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION
Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary


pertaining to the speciality concerned.

244
LPCGC 552: BUSINESS CREATION
Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of
business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:

 identify the sources of ideas for business creation


 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan

Course content:

To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:

 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)


 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

245
COURSE CONTENTS OF
SEMESTER 6

LP CGC 61: 6 Credits


Course Unit: FINANCE 2

LPCGC 611: MANAGEMENT OF MICROFINANCE INSTITUTION


Objective:
To provide the student with microfinance institution management tools and techniques
Content:
- Historical evolution of MFIs
- Creation and organisation of MFIs
- MFIs governance
- Management conditions
- Management standards
- Prudential standards
- Various types of relations between banks and microfinance institutions
- Economic weight and impact of the activities of the microfinance sector
- Strengths and weaknesses of microfinance institutions vis-à-vis conventional banks
- Management of risk, litigation and human resource

LPCGC 612: WEALTH ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT


Objective:
To understand and master the mechanisms for optimising client's asset portfolios.
Content:
- Wealth management advisers area of knowledge
- Financial cycle
- Financial objectives prior to optimisation
- Implementation of a financial assessment
- Optimisation methods
- Tax optimisation and management of personal income tax
- Optimisation and tax arbitration

246
LPCGC 613: ISLAMIC FINANCE
Objective
To familiarise students with the principles and standards of Islamic finance
Content:

 To master the fundamental principles of Islamic finance and its key products and
services
 to understanding the importance of the development of Islamic finance in international
finance.
 Unravel the opportunities that the Islamic finance has for Cameroon

LP CGC 62: 14 Credits


Course Unit: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

LPCGC 621: TUTORED PROJECT


Objective: To introduce the students to entrepreneurship opportunity identification.
Specific objectives:
- to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
- to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
- to master project design and management methods
- to be able to present an assignment orally
Content:
- In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an
institution, on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or
circumstantial issues.
- Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create
emulation and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

247
LPCGC 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND
PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP

Objective:
- to present current methodology for writing internship reports

- to familiarise students with the business world,


- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice

- to learn to identify the company in-house issues


- to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth
running of the company
- to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the
presentation)
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
- Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
- Elements and structure of a report
- Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
- Preparation for the public presentation of a report
- Use of PowerPoint
- Preparation for public defence

Part of the course on Professional internship and defence


Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.

248
LP CGC 63: 6 Credits
Course Unit: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2

LPCGC 631: COMPUTER SCIENCE AND APPLIED DIGITALISATION


OBJECTIVE:
Familiarise the students with the use of the computer and appropriate software in managing
banking and insurance transactions

Content:

- Presentation of the relational model: notion, advantages


- Notion of DBMS: architecture and components of a DBMS; functionalities of a
DBMS
- Notion of DB
- LDM for banks and their clients
- Implementation and manipulation of data in MS Access using an LDM: through
graphical interface and through SQL-DML requests.
- Financial and banking application using Excel in VBA (general representation of
Excel spread sheet, notion of cell references; use of basic functions, creation of
elaborated tables, data analysis, statistics, graphics, Pivot table)
- Notions and concepts of E-marketing
- Customer service through e-banking
- Ensuring the safety of e-banking transactions
- Banking software (Eloge Bank, Delta Bank, Barberousse, Hannibal, etc.…) and
insurance software (Mercure)

LPCGC 632: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT


Objective:
To get the student familiar with the understanding of the operational mechanisms of human
resources in an organisation.
Content:
- Generalities on HRM: Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.

249
- HR sub-functions: Personnel administration (HR), recruitment, evaluation, training,
career management, remuneration (employee's record, salary components, wage
calculation, etc.), GPEC (jobs and skills forecast management).
- Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard

LPCGC 633: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


Objective
To teach the students the ethical values that they need to properly do their job.
Content

INTRODUCTION

 Definitions and sources of the professional code of ethics


 Banking ethics and deontology in particular

General duties of a banker (case of the insurer)


VII. Professional secrecy
VIII. Duty of loyalty
IX. Insider trading
X. Duty to provide information
XI. Fight against money laundering
XII. duty of non-interference
Professional duty of the banker in line with standard banking practices (case of the
insurer)
VI. Duties of the manager in charge of account opening
VII. Duties of the manager in charge of received orders
VIII. Duties of the manager in charge of securities deposits
IX. Duties of the manager in charge portfolio management
X. Duties on security-safes

banker‟s civil liability in tort (case of the insurer)


Overview of legal liability in tort
V. Depositary banker
VI. Lending banker
VII. Proxy banker

250
VIII. Custodian banker

Criminal liability of bankers (case of the insurer)


IV. Banking sector violation
V. Tax and custom obligations
VI. Bankruptcy capacity

LP CGC 64: 4 Credits


Course Unit: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2

LPCGC 641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION


Objective:
 to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Topic 1 : communication
- General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
- Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
- Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group
dynamics, use of modern communication techniques.
- Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
- Motivation letter
- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
- Debrief;
- Report (mission, activity, summary):
- Minutes;

251
- Memos;
- Communiqué
- Circular letter.

LPCGC 642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT


COURSE OBJECTIVES

 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT


Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

IV.3. INSURANCE SPECIALTY


Objective
The professional degree programme in Insurance aim at training managers, insurance
specialists, advisers in insurance sector able to hold managerial staff post such as
responsibility post within an insurance/reinsurance company, general agency, insurance
brokerage firm and/or reinsurance or present insurance operations nearby all types financial
intermediary. It is all about training managers capable of (keeping up with the drafting of
insurance policies, addressing the resulting claims, following up the implementation of
reinsurance treaty and establishing transfer slips to various reinsurers partaking to protection
program of companies), prepared to, manager insurance products portfolio in an insurance,
banking, financial firm and any other company.

252
Job opportunities
The degree holder should be specialised in insurance field ( and be able to attend to
development and perpetuity problematic of insurance organisms)
Admission
The training (is opened to) meant for university students (everyone) holder of Baccalaureate
diploma +2 (Higher Technician certificate (BTS), University diploma of technology (DUT),
General Academy Studies Degree (DEUG), Diploma of Insurance Technician (DTA), Higher
National Diploma (HND) or any other equivalent diploma recognised by the Minister of
Higher Education of the Republic of Cameroon.
Organisation
This is a one-year training programme. It is organised around theoretical and practical course
units, workshop seminars in vocational milieu leading to the writing of a report to be assessed
by jury during presentation.
The training consists of 900 hours of lectures, tutorials and practical works.

253
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor’s Degree (LP3) – Insurance
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPASS 51 Insurance and LPASS 511 Insurance economics 30 10 - 5 45 3
5 Credits management LPASS 512 Reinsurance 20 10 - - 30 2
LPASS 521 Individuals insurance 20 10 - - 30 2
LPASS 52 Insurance operation LPASS 522 Transports and maritime insurance 30 10 - 5 45 3
(7 credits) and regulation Auditing and management control of insurance
LPASS 523 30 10 - 5 45 3
companies
LPASS 531 Third-party liability insurance 20 10 - - 30 2
LPASS 53
IARD LPASS 532 Operational loss and technical risks insurance 30 10 - 5 45 3
(7 credits)
LPASS 533 Ancillary risks, fire insurance 20 10 - - 30 2
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPASS 54 LPASS 541 Civil proceedings and obligation laws 20 10 - - 30 2
Business
(6 credits) LPASS 542 Insurance products selling techniques 20 10 - - 30 2
environment 1
LPASS 543 Inferential statistics 20 10 - - 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPASS 55 Transversal subjects LPBA 551 Business English 20 5 - 5 30 2
(4 credits) 2 LPBA 552 Business creation 20 5 - 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 115 0 25 450 30
Legend: LC: Lecture Courses; Tuto: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work
SEMESTER 6
Course Course Workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPASS LPASS 611 Actuarial studies 30 10 - 5 45 3
61 Insurance portfolio LPASS 612 Advanced accounting of insurance operations 20 10 - - 30 2
(6 management tools
credits) LPASS 613 Professional Ethics 10 5 - - 15 1
LPASS Professional LPBA 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
62 14 practice LPBA 622 Report writing methodology and professional
credits 30 - - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPASS LPASS 631 Professional software practice 20 10 - - 30 2
63 6 Business LPASS 632 Regulation and legislation of insurances 20 10 - - 30 2
credits environment 2
LPBA 633 Customer relation management 20 10 - - 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPASS LPBA 641 French expression and communication 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal
64 4 Projects management
subjects 2 LPBA 642 20 5 5 30 2
credits
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30

Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work


COURSE CONTENT FOR
SEMESTER 5

LP ASS 51: 5 Credits


Course Unit: INSURANCE AND MANAGEMENT

LPASS 511: ECONOMICS APPLIED TO INSURANCE

Objective:
This course aims at:
- Providing an insight of what insurance is in theory and practice and its evolution.
- Being able to analyse economically situations in which insurance is the core and
situations where it (insurance) doesn’t or has to intervene.
Content
 Uncertainty, law and insurance.
 Insurance reduction of aleatory and economy policy
 Defining and measuring of risks subjects of insurance market
 Explanation of the choice of legal person that insure himself: insurance or/and no insurance.
 Explanation of the choice of legal person that propose insurance contracts
 Insurance functions
 Risk-taking
 Saving management
 Assets management
 Risk management
Asymmetry of information and insurance system
 Asymmetry of information
 Anti-selection
 Moral hazard
 Moral hazard ex-post: insurance fraud.

256 | Page
LPASS 512: REINSURANCE
Objective:
Familiarise learners to international aspects of insurance
Content:
First part: Proportional reinsurance
- quota- share treaty (QP)
- Surplus treaty (EDP) -
Facultative obligatory treaty (FACOB)
Second part: Non-proportional reinsurance
- Excess of loss reinsurance treaty (per risk and per even)
- (working cover, excess catastrophe, excess aggregate, common account excess,
- Aggregate stop loss
- Clauses of the XL treaty (index adjustment, stabilization, combining of the 2 clauses,
structured settlement, reinstatement of cover)
- Creating vouchers
- Keeping of reinsurance accounts
- Drafting of an insurance program (insurance policy)
Part three: Life reinsurance
Part four: Accounting aspects of reinsurance treaty.

LP ASS 52: 7 Credits


Course Unit: INSURANCE REGULATION AND OPERATIONS

LPASS 521: INDIVIDUALS INSURANCE


Objective: enable learners to master tools for technical management of life insurance and
capitalisation operation techniques, to coverage proposed by individuals’ insurer.

Content:
Title 1 Life insurance practice
 OVERVIEW OF LIFE INSURANCES
- Definition
- Specific characteristics
 Principal combinations implemented in life insurance

257 | Page
- Insurance if you live
- Insurance against death
- Combining of mixed type
 DRAWING UP OF CONTRACT
- Individuals intervening in contract drafting
- Insurance proposal and riders
- Consequences of oversights and misrepresentations
- Selection of risks
- Policy and endorsement
 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
- Excepted perils
- Premium and non-payment of premium
- Beneficiary- payment benefit
- Rights of policy holder
 “Life” insurances in case of death
- Mixed formula
- Capitalisation insurance
- Severance pay contract and latest formula
Title 2: Personal “accident” insurance
- Definitions and guarantees of individual “accident” contract
- Underwriting in individual “accident” insurance
- Loss settlement in individual “accident” insurance
Insurance products to individuals and their guarantees
Title 3: Health insurance
-Object of health insurance
Underwriting in health insurance
Loss in health insurance
LPASS 522: TRANSPORTS AND MARINE INSURANCE
Objective
Provide in-depth comprehension of technical and legal aspects of insurance concept, notably
merchandise insurances of various transport mode.
Content

 History and evolution of transport and marine insurance contract

258 | Page
 Overview
 Features of transport insurance and actors in the chain of transport insurance.
 Insurance of goods during transport.
- Transport goods by road in CEMAC zone.
- Insurance of goods or faculties: case of Cameroon.
- Insurance of goods transport by airways.
- Insurance of goods transport by sea and fluvial ways.
 Contract of sale and basic principle of marine and transport insurance.
 Insurance of ships
 Civil liability and carrier liability in transport insurance.
 Compensation of road accident victims. Law of 5 July 1985.
 Implementation field of the law of 5 July 1985.
 Compensation regime of victims of road accident.
 Air assurance and special perils.

LPASS 523: AUDITING AND MANAGEMENT CONTROL OF INSURANCE


COMPANIES

Objective :
Provide learners tools and techniques of auditing and management control of insurance
companies.

Course purpose: The interest here is to enable university students to master statistical state
and account statement of insurance companies and to face various supervisory authorities’
control.

Part 1: Auditing of insurance institutions


Title 1: Generalities on the concept of auditing (definition and objectives of auditing).

- Usefulness and characteristics of financial information.


- Objectives of auditing.
- Concept of risks in auditing.
- Concept of anomaly in auditing.
Internal control (definition, analysis of definitions, objectives, principles of civil real
estate company (SCI), conditions of a good internal control system).

259 | Page
Internal control standards (Coso, COCO, SOX, FSL, CIMA principle in terms of
insurance companies’ governance).
Title 2: Internal auditing:

- Purpose or mission,
- Prerequisite to internal auditing mission, methodology, report format.
- Methodology of financial auditing accounts.
Titre3: Case study
Part 2: Management control of insurance companies
TITLE 1: Management control, definition, objectives content and organisation.

TITLE 2: Analysis and importance of insurance features, during the establishment of a


management control system in an insurance and reinsurance company.

TITLE 3: Setting up a management control system in an insurance and reinsurance company.


TITLE 4: conception and modelling of a performance indicator for an insurance company.
TITLE 5: Case study

LP ASS 53: 7 Credits


Course Unit: IARD

LPASS 531: THIRD-PARTY LIABILITY INSURANCE


Objective: enable university student to understand
- theoretical elements related to civil liability law,
- Insurance aspect of civil liability (guarantee, subscription, exclusions...)
- Finally, types of civil liability (civil liability of the company director, civil liability of
head of family...)
Content:
TOPIC 1: CONDITIONS OF DILECTUAL LIABILITY
 The personal positive act/the things positive act and the other individual‟s
positive act.
- Objectives/subjective elements.
- Conditions of liability of the things positive act.
- Special regimes of liability of the individual positive act.

260 | Page
 LIABILITY OF MASTERS AND PRINCIPALS IN CONSEQUENCE OF
THEIR SERVANTS AND EMPLOYEES POSITIVE ACT
- Categories and repairable damages of victims. Patrimonial and extra-patrimonial
damages.
 CONDITIONS OF REPAIRABLE DAMAGE
-Break up of causal relation: definition of the causal relation, the question of causal
relation proof;
Break up of causal relation
 SPECIAL REGIMES DUE TO SPECIAL THINGS/HYPOTHESIS OF
SEVERAL CAUSES
Liability insurance of family head
Civil liability insurance of company director (civil liability exploitation, civil liability
after delivery)
Civil liability insurance of hotel
Civil liability insurance of doctor
Civil liability insurance of liberal profession (bailiffs, lawyers, engineers, etc.)
TOPIC 2: CONSEQUENCES OF TORT LIABILITY
Subheading 1: SPECIAL GUARANTEES OF REPARATION

LPASS 532: OPERATIONAL LOSS AND TECHNICAL RISKS

Objective: Enable learners to be acquainted with guarantees proposed in ancillary risks and
operational loss.
Content:

- Remind on insurance of various risks (theft, water damage, agricultural insurance,


plate glass risks, bail bond insurance
- Ancillary risks
- Operational loss after fire and ancillary risks.

Here we include the concept of technical risks, erection/constructions all-risk insurance, set of
information processing electronics insurance (IT all-risks insurance), machinery breakdown

261 | Page
insurance. After having study all these insurance cases, we will analyse operational loss
related to all these risks.

Title 1: Constructions all-risks insurance


- Definitions
-Main guarantees
-Supplementary guarantees
-underwriting

Title 2: Machinery breakdown


- Definitions
Internals damage coverage
Externals damage coverage
-underwriting

Title 3: IT all-risks insurance


- Definitions
Coverage proposed
-underwriting

Title 4: Operational loss after machinery breakdown (BDM)


-Coverage conditions
-underwriting

LPASS 533: ANCILLARY RISKS AND FIRE INSURANCE


Objective: Enable learners to be acquainted with guarantees proposed by the fire insurer and
approaches to underwriting (simple risks, industrial risks) in fire insurance.
- Operational loss after fire and ancillary risks.

Content:
 Remind on basis concepts.
 Guaranties and their limits.
 Underwriting in fire insurance (all-risk insurance, internal rate of return (IRR) etc.)
 Operational loss after fire and ancillary risks.

262 | Page
 Loss settlement in fire insurance.

LP ASS 54: 6 Credits


Course Unit: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2

LPASS 541: CIVIL PROCEEDINGS AND OBLIGATION LAWS

Objectives: Familiarize the learners to obligations origins, to the organization of Cameroon


judiciary system and to the submission of cases to competent jurisdiction in term of
contentions related to the implementation of insurance contract and competent courts as
regard to liquidation of insurance companies.
Content:

 Obligations origins
- Legal acts
- Delict and quasi-delict
 Obligation non-fulfilment and its consequences.
 Judiciary organisation (proceedings in magistrate courts, high courts, appeal
jurisdictions and Supreme Court) and methods of submission of cases in courts in
Cameroon.
 Power of these various jurisdictions.

LPASS 542: INSURANCE PRODUCTS SELLING TECHNIQUES

COURSE OBJECTIVES
Entitle the spread of INSURANCE concepts especially selling life insurance techniques and
methods and IARDT (fire, accident, various risks and transport) in CIMA (Inter-African
Conference on Insurance Markets) zone.

I. Conceptual Approach of Marketing


II. Marketing Mix concept
III. Economical and juridical insurance companies regulations environment

263 | Page
- CIMA (historic and evolution), African Federation of Insurance Companies (FANAF),
Association of Insurance Companies in Cameroon (ASAC) their role in market
insurances.
- The CIMA CODE
- Insurance basis concepts
- Main functions of a life and non-life insurance company
- Generalities on life insurance and IARDT
- Generalities on Micro insurance
- Technical and juridical foundations of insurances
- Basis concepts and classification of insurance
- Various branches of insurance
- The role of CRCA (Regional Insurance Control Commission) in market of insurances
- Types of products in damages and life insurance
IV. Sales tools applied to commercialisation of insurance products (life and IARDT)
- Exploring
- Knowledge of insurance products within insurance companies (case by case)
- Rates grid for calculating insurance premium
- Difference between prospect and suspect
- The ORANGE / PMA/ the 04 C / PLAISIR / PARADIS / CAP formula
- Sales strategy
- Sales basics
- Essential conditions to sell
- Portfolio management

LPASS 543: INFERENTIAL STATISTIC

Objectives: At the end of this course, the student shall be able to generalise from a mother
population, conclusions observed from a sample.
Content:
Part I: PROBABILITY

3. Random variable applied to quality management


Discrete random variable (laws of probability and characteristics)

264 | Page
Continuous random variable (probability density and characteristics)
4. Standard probability laws applied to quality management
Discrete probability laws (Binomial laws, Poisson law)
Continuous probability laws (normal law, exponential law)
Part II: STATISTICAL INFERENCE
5. Sampling technique
6. Estimation problem (point estimation and confidence interval estimation)
7. Hypothesis testing problems (parametric and non-parametric tests)

LP ASS 55: 4 Credits


Course Unit: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 1

LP ASS 551: BUSINESS ENGLISH


The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for
effective communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in
an enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in
English. To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
VOCABULARY
WEEK TOPIC Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
- Describing your
job/Company
- Drawing an
- Job titles
organisational chart
- Departments
- Reading
Company - Revision of Tenses
7. Comprehension 4 Hrs
Structure - Some Translation
passages based on
Techniques and Practical
the speciality
exercises.
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
8. Telephoning - Phrases for telephoning - Request 4 Hrs

265 | Page
- Expressing Polite Request - Offers
(may I use your pen please? - Complaints
Etc.) - Making
arrangements
- Listening
Comprehension
passages based on
the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on its
vocabulary
- Lexis of working conditions
(perks, benefits, holidays,
salary, income, promotions
etc.) - Writing CVs and
Employment - Comparing Adjectives Application Letters
and - Lexis describing character: - Job interview
9. 4 Hrs
Job hard work, team player, self- - How to write an
Applications starter etc. abstract
- Translation: Some
commercial extract from
English to French and vice
versa
- IT Vocabulary
- Prefixes and their meanings:
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, - Writing e-mails
ir, etc. - Describing a
E- - Writing: Describing a business transaction.
4 business/The process. E.g.: Auction sale. 4
Internet - Phrases for meetings - Stating aims.
(minutes, secretary, - Agreeing and
chairperson, agenda, etc.) disagreeing
- Translating a process or a
description
Typical functions of
- Conditionals
negotiation (request,
- Requests, offers
offers, refusals,
- Typical phrases: starting,
acceptance, etc.)
making offers, refusing,
5 Negotiations -Writing a Speech 4 Hrs
accepting, asking for
-Self-Introduction
clarification, bargaining
-Introducing Others
- Grammar: Reported Speech
- Interviewing

-Writing an essay after a


- Types of essays- job interview
Writing
argumentative, descriptive, -Describing Graphs,
Essays and
6 narrative, picture essays, etc. tables, etc. 4 Hrs
Describing
- Translation of some -Writing argumentative
Photos
Commercial Extracts. essays, emphasizing on
paragraphing and linking

266 | Page
words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary


pertaining to the speciality concerned.

LPASS 552: BUSINESS CREATION


Course objectives:
To familiarise student with customer loyalty technique

Course content
To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:

 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)


 Knowledge of entrepreneur (profile, motivations, typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Financing research
 Legal and administrative procedures to start a business
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using the
software EXCEL) EXCEL or equivalent)
 Elaboration of a business plan. (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models)

COURSE CONTENT FOR


SEMESTER 6

LP ASS 61: 6 Credits


Course Unit: INSURANCE PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT TOOL

LPASS 611: ACTUARIAL SCIENCE

267 | Page
Main objective:
To familiarise students with basic principles of actuarial science
Specific objectives: By the end of this course, students should be able to carry out statistical
analysis of data and calculate and interpret the actuarial values of insurance premiums.

Content:
Topic 1: Reminders on basic mathematics of capitalisation insurance
Geometric sequence
Definition
General expression of a geometric sequence
Sum of a geometric sequence
Interest calculation
Basic notions
Simple interest
Commercial current value
Rational current value
Average rate of a series of investments
Compound interest
Equivalent rate, proportional rate
Constant annuities
Vested value of a series of constant annuities
Current value of a series of annuities

Topic 2: LIFE ANNUITY PROBABILITIES


Mortality table
Probability in case of life
Probability in case of death
Estimation of annual mortality rate

Topic 3: PREMIUM CALCULATION


Traditional methodology
Mathematical expectancy
Probable current value
General constrains

268 | Page
Probable current value calculation

Topic 4: LIFE ANNUITY ENGAGEMENTS IN CASE OF LIFE


Differed capital
Life annuities
Definition
Constant annuities
Constant annuities in arrears
Annuities in advance
Specific cases

Topic 5: LIFETIME COMMITMENTS ON DEATH AND SERVICE ANNUITIES


Death insurance payable mid-year
Term life insurance
Whole-life insurance
Mixed insurance
LPASS 612: ADVANCED ACCOUNTING OF INSURANCE OPERATIONS

Objective: Enable university students to master complex operations in insurance company.

Content

 Technical provision coverage (opening with brief remind on enumeration


of technical provisions; before diving in coverage concepts).
 Inventories regulations.
 Valuation of financial assets during inventory.
 Balance sheet of life and non-life insurance companies.
 income statement study of life and non-life insurance companies (general
trading account and profit and loss statement)
 Reserves in insurance companies
 Statistical state study (C1, C4, C5, C9, C10 A, C10 B C11, and conditions
in life)
LPASS 613: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

269 | Page
Content
INTRODUCTION

 Definitions and sources of the professional code of ethics


 Banking ethics and deontology in particular

General duties of a banker (case of the insurer)


XIII. Professional secrecy
XIV. Duty of loyalty
XV. Insider trading
XVI. Duty to provide information
XVII. Fight against money laundering
XVIII. duty of non-interference
Professional duty of the banker in line with standard banking practices (case of the
insurer)
XI. Duties of the manager in charge of account opening
XII. Duties of the manager in charge of received orders
XIII. Duties of the manager in charge of securities deposits
XIV. Duties of the manager in charge portfolio management
XV. Duties on security-safes

Banker‟s civil liability in tort (case of the insurer)


Overview of the legal liability in tort
IX. Depositary banker
X. Lending banker
XI. Proxy banker
XII. Custodian banker
Criminal liability of bankers (case of the insurer)
VII. Banking sector violation
VIII. Tax and custom obligations
IX. Bankruptcy capacity

LP ASS 62: 14 Credits


Course Unit: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

270 | Page
LPASS 621: TUTORED PROJECT
Objective: To introduce the students to entrepreneurship opportunity identification.
Specific objectives:
- to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
- to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
- to master project design and management methods
- to be able to present an assignment orally
Content
- In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an
institution, on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or
circumstantial issues.
- Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create
emulation and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LPASS 622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND


PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP

Objective:
- to present current methodology for writing internship reports

- to familiarise students with the business world,


- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice

- to learn to identify the company in-house issues


- to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth
running of the company
- to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the
presentation)

Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports

271 | Page
Content:
- Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
- Elements and structure of a report
- Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
- Preparation for the public presentation of a report
- Use of PowerPoint
- Preparation for public defence

Part of the course on Professional internship and defence

Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.

LP ASS 63: 6 Credits


Course Unit: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2

LPASS 631: PROFESSIONAL SOFTWARE PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE:
Enable university student to be acquainted with IT tools used during current insurance
operations.
Content:

- Master the conception approach of databases (DB).


- Study standard models of data.
- Master the handling of DB through database management system (DBMS)
- conceive, draw and manage data model scheme from a computer system,
- Relational database.
- Computer-aided presentation (Microsoft Power Point).

272 | Page
- Excel spread sheet.
- Varieties of information systems and software range. Various approach, research and
selection, implementation and control. Decision-making software.
- Insurance and brokerage software most commonly used ORASS and/or MERCURE.

LPASS 632: REGULATION AND LEGISLATION OF INSURANCES

Objective:
Enable university student to understand the regulation environment of insurance activity.

Content:
Introduction
I- study of the legal framework of CIMA treaty.
- Historical background
- Concepts notably IIA (International Institute of Insurance) – ASAC – FANAF – CICA
(reinsurance company of the member states of inter-African conference of insurance
market) – CIMA.
- 1st convention of CICA/ 2nd convention of CICA.
- Assessment of CICA/ weaknesses of CICA.

II – CIMA TREATY
- Signature of CIMA treaty
- Advent of CIMA
- Unique legislation survey of insurances: CIMA code.
- Objectives of CIMA.
- Powers of CIMA.
- Organs of CIMA.
- Legal layout of CIMA
- Resources of CIMA.
III- INSURANCE COMPANIES
- Control and general provisions
- Types of insurance companies
- Branch specialisation principle in insurance

273 | Page
- Setting up and functioning rules of insurance companies
- CRCA
- The role of CRCA (Regional Insurance Control Commission) in issuance approvals
- Clauses of issuance approvals
- Granting conditions of approval
- Making up approvals file
- Withdrawal of approval
- Backup and recovery procedure
- Portfolio transfer
- Insurance companies liquidation/termination of damages and life insurance contracts

IV- INSURANCE INTERMEDIARIES (domain of articles 501 and following CIMA


Code)
- Honourable condition
- Professional ability conditions
- Financial guarantee

LPASS 633: CUSTOMER RELATION MANAGEMENT


Objective
Know intervening actors in banking market. Know clientele segmentation. Enable the
university student to propose a prospect to appropriate products likely to meet expectations in
a competitive environment where price is set by law of supply and demand.
Content
- Segmentation of clients
- Profitability of clients
- From the client approach to the optimisation of client relations
- Evolution of marketing-mix
- Customer retention tools (queue management, complaint management, etc.)
- Bargaining
- Prospecting
Tools for measuring commercial performance

LP ASS 64: 4 Credits


Course Unit: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2

274 | Page
LPASS 641: FRENCH EXPRESSION AND COMMUNICATION
General objectives:
 To understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
 to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Topic 1 : communication
- General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
- Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
- Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group
dynamics, use of modern communication techniques.
- Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
- Motivation letter
- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
- Debrief;
- Report (mission, activity, summary):
- Minutes;
- Memos;
- Communiqué
- Circular letter.
LPASS 642: PROJECT MANAGEMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVES

 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.

275 | Page
COURSE CONTENT

- Project generalities (concept and typology of project, specificity of project, project


specifications, profile of the project management, aim of a project, etc.)
- Characteristics of projects (project stakeholders, concept of party involve and lifespan
of a project), management of project pressure (deadline, cost, quality and information
management).
- Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages,
project risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools.
- Programming and operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project
structuring, planning tools and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project
planning (relevance of computer as a support tool, use of project management
software for planning, e.g. practical application with MS Project or other freeware).

276 | Page
V. FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING
OPTION
V.1. SPECIALITY: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
Presentation
Vocational degree in accounting and management aim at, providing training on techniques of
real problem solving and enable university student to master legal and fiscal, accounting and
financial techniques, and appropriate various software package used by professional such as
SAGE, CIEL, SOMMA, EBP...
Several job openings:
-accounting firm collaborator, auditor collaborator.
-registered auditor assistant.
-finance and administrative director assistant.
-enterprise accountant and chief accountant, company treasurer.
- auditor assistant.
-business lawyer assistant.
Educational organization is based on alternation (2 day on university campus, 3 day in
enterprise) in order to guarantee a high diploma professionalization.

1. OBJECTIVE OF THE TRAINING

Accounting and companies management specialization has as objective to provide university


students with knowledge and know-how enabling them to render in an accounting way, all
business or financial operations and establish corresponding documents, analyse information
that they have in order to prepare decisions management.

2 SKILLS SOUGHT

Generic skills
-have a good understanding of enterprises and economy environment;
-master IT tools;
-master written and oral communication;
-Have the ability to lead teamwork.

277 | Page
-Realize accounting operation, fiscal and social management (bookkeeping, elaborating
financial statements...)
-analyse of company activities profitability;
-establish budgets and follow up their execution;
-centralize, organise and recover enterprises accounting;
Collaborate efficiently with superior in enterprise management;
-control and plan production;
-master of accounting basics software.

3. JOB OPPORTUNITIES

-Accountant in an enterprise (SME);


-Accountant collaborator in a firm;
-Accountant assistant in large enterprises;
-Payroll administrator;
-Accounting manager;
Treasurer;
auditor;
Etc.

278 | Page
COURSE CONTENT
Course programme: Bachelor (LP3) – accounting and management
Semester 5
Course EC workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCG LP CG 511 Introduction to consolidation accounting. 20 5 5 30 2
Accounting
51 (7 LP CG 512 Advanced accounting techniques 30 10 5 45 3
practices
credits) LP CG 513 Special accounting 20 5 5 30 2
LPCG Audit and LP CG 521 Management control 30 10 5 45 3
52 (5 management
LP CG 522 Introduction to financial audit 20 5 5 30 2
credits) control
LP CG 531 BUSINESS VALUATION 20 5 5 30 2
LPCG LP CG 532 Cash management 20 5 5 30 2
53 (8 Finance
LP CG 533 Introduction to financial engineering 20 5 5 30 2
credits)
LP CG 534 Corporate tax 20 5 5 30 2
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCG LPCG 541 Statistics and management decisions 20 5 5 30 2
Business
54 (6 LPCG 542 Introduction to business strategy 20 5 5 30 2
environment 1
credits) LPCG 543 Business and general criminal law 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPCG55 Transversal LPCGC551 English Language 20 5 5 30 2
4 Credits subjects 2 LPCGC552 Business creation 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 80 0 70 450 30
Legend: LC: Lecture Courses; Tuto: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

279 of 323
Course Course Workload Nber of
Course title CE code CE title
code L Tutos P SPW Total credits
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LP CG Fiscal and LP CG 611 Financing and investment policy 20 5 - 5 30 2
61 (6 financial LP CG 612 Finance and accounting job computerized 15 5 10 - 30 2
Credits) management LP CG 613 Fiscal law 20 5 5 30 2
LPCG 62 Professional LPCG 621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
(14 practice LPCG 622 Report writing methodology and professional
credits) 30 - 120 150 10
internship
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCG 631 Human resources management 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCG 63
Business LPCG 632 National and international business economic
(6 20 5 - 5 30 2
environment 2 environment
credits)
LPCG 633 Business ethics and enterprise governance 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPCG LPCG 641 French 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal
64 (4 Projects management
subjects 2 LPCG 642 20 5 5 30 2
credits)
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30
SEMESTER 6
Legend: L: Lectures/Tutos: Tutorials/P: Practicals/SPW: Student’s personal work

280 of 323
COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 5
LPCG51: ACCOUNTANT PRACTICE (7 CREDITS)
LP CG511 INTRODUCTION TO CONSOLIDATION ACCOUNTING (2
credits)
Objective
Familiarise the university learner with consolidation accounting legal framework, methods
and techniques.
Content
Course syllabus
CONSOLIDATION ACCOUNTING LEGAL FRAMEWORK
C. Definition
D. Group concept
E. Obligation and consolidation exemptions
A. Consolidation obligation
B. Sanctions
C. Reporting dates
D. Consolidation exemptions
F. Measure of enterprise control and enable consolidation
- Control percentage
- Interest percentage
- Type of control
- Variation of consolidation area
CONSOLIDATION METHODS
I. Full consolidation method
XVI. Scope
XVII. Process of consolidation
XVIII. Consolidated balance-sheet
XIX. Structure of the consolidated income statement
II. Proportional integration method
- Scope
- Process of consolidation
- Method specificity

Page 281 of 323


- Consolidated balance-sheet
- Structure of the consolidated income statement
III. Method of equivalence
A. Scope
B. Process of consolidation
C. Consolidated balance-sheet
D. Structure of the consolidated income statement

SPECIFIC CASE: DIRECT CONSOLIDATION AND INDIRECT CONSOLIDATION


I. Direct consolidation
II. Indirect or tiered consolidation
III. Complex cases ( limit to the case of three companies and all the three
consolidated according to full consolidated method)
IV. Processing of practical case related to each the consolidation method
NB: rule-out any fiscal incidence
LP CG512 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING TECHNIQUES (3 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students tools and approach methods that enable
them to process enterprise complex operation.
Content
Introduction: remind OHADA conceptual framework
Origin of accounting law;
Law and OHADA accounting plan;
Faithful image and accounting principle;
SYSCOHADA model;
Accounting obligation from legal (corporate law, commercial law, fiscal law...)

Part 1: Active and passive assessment to entry, inventory and exit.


Intangible (development and research expense, acquisition and production of
software), tangible (PLOT, CONSTRUCTION, MATERIAL INCLUDING
ANNUITY, LIFE ANNUITY AND CAPITAL LEASE ARRANGEMENT), financial
assets (equity security, loan including foreign currency loan);
Stock valuation (acquisition/production, inventory work, currency stock);
Foreign currency receivable including global exchange position, exchange hedging
rate.

Page 282 of 323


Yielding up trade receivables
Cash active assessment (investment, cash assets including foreign exchange
availability security)
Public aid and subsidy
Loans including foreign currency borrowing
Foreign currency debt including global exchange position, exchange hedging rate.
Balance-sheet reassessment
Part 2: Practical cases
LP CG513 SPECIAL ACCOUNTING (2 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students organisation tools and method and
bookkeeping in particular sectors (bank, MFI (microfinance institution), insurance and
farming).
Content
I. General introduction
II. Bank accounting and microfinance
Regulation framework
Operation with clientele: depositing, withdrawal, credit.
Financial statement presentation: balance-sheet, income statement.
III. Insurance companies accounting
Regulation framework.
Accounting of current insurance operation: case of companies without intermediaries;
tax, premiums issuing and incidental premiums; cancelling of premiums.
Case of companies with intermediaries; issuing and cancelling of premiums (accountant and
insurance broker).
Loss and recourse operations.
- Accounting of reinsurance and coinsurance operations.
IV. Public buildings and work sector insurance companies accounting
- Characteristics of multi-year contract.
- Accounting method (completion method, percentage of completion method).
IV. Processing of practical cases

NB: See OHADA Uniform Act revised and practical guide

LPCG 52: AUDITION AND CONTROL MANAGEMENT (5 Credits)

Page 283 of 323


LP CG521 MANAGEMENT CONTROL (3 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students tools and control method of budget while
returning on control-strategic coupling
Content
I/GENERAL INTRODUCTION
- Definitions
- Nature of the studied control
- Control management subject
- Management control tools
- Strategic coupling – management control
II- ACCOUNTING, ANALYSIS TOOL OF MANAGEMENT CONTROL:
TRADITIONAL METHODS
- Remind full costing
- Remind partial costing
III/ COST ACCOUNTING, MANAGEMENT CONTROL
- Standard costs
- Calculation, variance analysis (variance on direct and indirect costs, margin
variance and result variance) and corrective actions.
- ABC method.
IV/ ACTION MASTERY THROUGH INDICATORS
- Budget system (process of budget elaboration).
- Management indicator (classic).
- Management control and performance management.
- Internal transfer price.
V/ PRACTICAL CASES
LP CG522 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL AUDIT (2 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students tools and methods necessary for every
mission of financial and accounting services.
Content
I/GENERAL INTRODUCTION
 Auditing historic synthesis
 Definition of auditing and justification of its role
 Auditing neighbouring concepts

Page 284 of 323


II/ AUDITING STANDARD AND ORIGIN OF NORMALISATION (ISA STANDARD
PUBLISHED BY IFAC)
III/ APPROACH TO FINANCIAL AUDIT THROUGH RISK
 Inherent risk
 Risk of control
 Audit detection risk
 Materiality level
IV/ REALIZATION OF FINANCIAL AUDIT MISSION
 Planning of the mission
 Internal control management
 Audit of financial statement proper (presentation of auditing techniques, auditing
assertion and establishment.
 Audit report.
V/ AUDITOR LIABILITY
VI/ PRACTICAL CASES

LPCG 53Fi: Finance (8 credits)


LP CG531 BUSINESS ASSESSMENT (2 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students tools and methods enabling the business
assessment and underlining the valuation at the just value advocated by the regulation
framework of OHADA.
Content
- Generalities on business assessment (evoke the method based on options
without carrying out a study within the framework of this teaching).
- Assessment methods based on patrimony (NAAP, NAV, just value).
- Assessment methods based on flow (Investment assessment from expected
dividend, investment assessment from expected benefit, flow, net cash).
- Assessment methods combining patrimony and profitability (practitioner method,
annuity method of calculating Goodwill, specific modalities of profitability
application of Goodwill annuity (goodwill calculated from VSB (gross
substantial value), goodwill calculated from CPNE (permanent capital needed
for operation) at once.
- Methods based on comparisons (analogical method)

Page 285 of 323


- Practical cases

LP CG532 CASH MANAGEMENT (2 credits)


Objective: Put at the disposal of university students tools, methods and techniques of sane
business assets management.
Content
I- Cash management and financial analyse
 Forecast of BFE (funding need) and ETE (operating cash surplus)
 Cash flows charts
II- Cash forecast
Cash forecast methods

 Multi-year horizon
 Annual horizon
 Monthly horizon
III- Cash management tools and techniques
 Choice between funding methods: choice between discount and overdraft for instance;
value date, bank day, cut-off time etc. (opportunity costs)
 Investment choice: presentation of long term investment
 Cash budget
 Zero cash concept
 Leads and lags
IV-Various cash problem
 Group of cash
 Cash information
 Control of condition applied by banks and banking trading.
V- Practical cases

LP CG533 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL ENGINEERING (2


credits)
Objective
The course intends to provide university students with tools enabling them to carry out
financial package concerning high balance-sheet.
Content:
- General introduction

Page 286 of 323


- Stock value management
 Dividend policy
 Buying in stock
- Restructuring operations
C. Capital reconstruction (depreciation capital, increase in capital, offset
against capital)
D. Mergers and acquisitions
E. Operation equated with merger (spin-off and split-off)
- Securitization and defeasance
- Practical cases
NB: Only process the teaching of financial engineering aspect, rule out accounting aspects.
LP CG534 CORPORATE TAXATION (2 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students, tools and method of various tax
calculations while laying emphasis on the various points without coming back on what has
been done in BTS, DUT or DSEP or DEUG.
Content
General introduction
Tax activity (temporary occupation of the public road (OTVP), hygiene tax,
advertising tax, annual forest levy (RFG), gambling and entertainment levy, tax stays)
turnover tax: VAT(withholding tax, repayment of VAT tax “in case of non-repayment
bring-up the litigation and means of redress in case of commitment non-compliance”,
VAT regulations), excise duty, custody duty.
Resource tax (personal income tax (IRPP) and corporate income tax (IS) common
provisions, personal business, partnership, business corporate).
Capital taxation (registration of deeds rights)
Practical cases

NB: Take into account that fiscal procedure is performed online on the fiscal
administration website.
Rule out determination of patent, licence and withholding tax.

LPCG 54 BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1 (6 CREDITS)


LP CG541 STATISTICS AND MANAGEMENT DECISIONS (2 credits)
Objective:

Page 287 of 323


Familiarise learners to forecasting techniques. Specifically, university student should be able
to:
- master adjustment techniques
- calculate seasoned index
- being able to establish a management indicator.

Content
- Forecasting techniques: Time series (components, composition model, estimation
trend, estimation seasoned index, smoothing techniques, moving average, etc.)
- Decision-support tool (certain future, random future and uncertain future)
- Management indicators: definition and conception principle, dashboard indicator,
update or actualisation, indicator role, indicator as enterprise management tools.

LP CG541 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STRATEGY (2 credits)


Objective: acquaint university students to concept and issues of enterprise strategy in a
multicultural and competitive environment.
Content
I/GENERAL INTRODUCTION
- Concept of enterprise strategy
- Reconciliation with military strategy

II/STRATEGIC APPROACH
- Strategic process
- Corporate objective

III/STRATEGIC DIAGNOSTIC
- Segmentation strategy
- Internal diagnostic/ external diagnostic
- Summary of diagnostic
IV/STRATEGY ESTABLISHMENT
- Adaptation of strategy to competitive situation
- Establishment difficulty
V/ PRACTICAL CASE (learn to university student to design matrix)

LP CG543 GENERAL CRIMINAL LAW, BUSINESS LAW (2 credits)

Page 288 of 323


Objective: Have a master of various offences and various sanctions applicable in order to
know about and moralise the enterprise environment.
Content:
 Applicable regime to common law (civil law) offences.
- Misappropriations.
- Offence on cheques, bank cards.
- Insider trading.
- Theft, breach of trust, fraud

 Specific offence to business law (offences related to incorporate, functioning and


dissolution of partnership).
A. Sanctions of offences related to business law.

LPCG55 COMPLEMENTARY COURSES 1(4 CREDITS)


LP CG551 BUSINESS ENGLISH SYLLABUS FOR THE COMMERCIAL AND
TECHNICAL BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMS (2 credits)
The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for
effective communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in
an enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in
English. To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:

VOCABULARY
WEEK TOPIC Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
- Describing your
job/Company
- Job titles
- Drawing an
- Departments
Company organisational chart
10. - Revision of Tenses 4 Hrs
Structure - Reading
- Some Translation Techniques
Comprehension
and Practical exercises.
passages based on the
speciality concerned

Page 289 of 323


and emphasizing on its
vocabulary.
- Request
- Offers
- Complaints
- Phrases for telephoning - Making arrangements
- Expressing Polite Request - Listening
11. Telephoning 4 Hrs
(may I use your pen please? Comprehension
etc.) passages based on the
speciality concerned
and emphasizing on its
vocabulary
- Lexis of working conditions
(perks, benefits, holidays,
salary, income, promotions
etc.)
- Writing CVs and
- Comparing Adjectives
Employment Application Letters
- Lexis describing character:
and - Job interview
12. hard work, team player, self- 4 Hrs
Job - How to write an
starter etc.
Applications abstract
- Translation: Some
commercial extract from
English to French and vice
versa

- IT Vocabulary
- Prefixes and their meanings:
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, - Writing e-mails
etc. - Describing a business
E- - Writing: Describing a transaction. E.g.:
4 business/The process. Auction sale. 4
Internet - Phrases for meetings - Stating aims.
(minutes, secretary, - Agreeing and
chairperson, agenda, etc.) disagreeing
- Translating a process or a
description
- Conditionals Typical functions of
- Requests, offers negotiation (request,
- Typical phrases: starting, offers, refusals,
making offers, refusing, acceptance, etc.)
5 Negotiations 4 Hrs
accepting, asking -Writing a Speech
for
clarification, bargaining -Self-Introduction
- Grammar: Reported Speech -Introducing Others
- Interviewing
-Writing an essay after a
- Types of essays-
Writing job interview
argumentative, descriptive,
Essays and -Describing Graphs, tables,
6 narrative, picture essays, etc. 4 Hrs
Describing etc.
- Translation of some
Photos -Writing argumentative
Commercial Extracts.
essays, emphasizing on

Page 290 of 323


paragraphing and linking
words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the
speciality concerned.
LP CG552 ENTREPRISE CREATION (2credits)
Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of
business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:

 identify the sources of ideas for business creation


 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan
Course content:
To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:

 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)


 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan, if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).

COURSE CONTENT FOR SEMESTER 6


LP CG 61: Fiscal and financial management (6 Credits)

Page 291 of 323


LP CG611 INVESTMENT POLICY AND FINANCING DECISION (2
credits)
Course Objectives:
- Identify support-tools to investment decision taking.
- Examine investment choice.
- Identify funding modes for enterprise.
Content
Part One: Investment policy
- General introduction
- Recall
Characteristics of projects investment (invested capital, duration exploitation, residual value,
net flux cash, and cost capital)
- Selection of investment projects in certain future.
NPV;
Profitability index;
Capital recapture period;
Internal rate of return (TRI);
Global criteria; Global NPV and global TRI;
- Investment decision in risky future
Investment in undetermined future;
Investment in random future;
Capital rationing.
- Practical cases
Second part: Funding policy
 Enterprise funding mode
Equity financing or internal funding (self-financing, increase in capital, disposal fixed
asset, other equity financing: premiums, escrow account...);
External funding: undivided loan, bond, leasing...
 Choice of funding mode
Arbitrage between equity funding and debt;
Funding plan;
 Practical cases

Page 292 of 323


LP CG612 FINANCE WORK AND ACCOUNTING COMPUTERISED (2
credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students, tools and methods enabling them to run
computerised accounting in enterprise and handle various accounting software as it please
them.
NOTE: the course is essentially practical i.e. in computer room, thus exam can only be
perform in computer room through practicum.
Content
- Apprenticeship of at least two accounting software notably SAGE SAARI and CIEL
COMPTA to university students. Software installation, setting and use.
- Study of at least three cases of synthesis (day-to-day work, inventory work,
equalisation) with computer-based application, bank reconciliation, decentralised
cash...
- Export of data on heterogeneous platform (MS EXCEL software).
- Import of data from external source to the software.
- Data conversion.
LP CG 613: FISCAL LAW (2credits)
Objectives:
- Provide understanding on the link between tax system and fiscal tax audit.
- Enable mastery of typology and course of tax audit provided by the law.
- Provide understanding to tax adjustment main procedures.
- Show the link between tax adjustment and tax litigation procedure.
Content:
General introduction:
Generalities on tax (type of tax, assessment, collection and tax liquidation) & Cameroon tax
administration (organization and functioning).

 Tax audit
- Right to control
 Control over parts
 On-site check
 Surprise count
- Right to information
 Right to information necessity

Page 293 of 323


 Right to information consequences
- Right to investigate
 Right to investigate field
 Right to investigate consequences
 Tax dispute
- Litigation claim before tax authority
 Tax and aimed duties
 Procedures and sanctions
- Litigation claim before courts
 Court of competent jurisdiction
 Procedures
 Sanctions
 Practical cases (excluding calculation aspect)

LPCG 62: Professional practice (14 credits)


LP CG621 TUTORED PRJECT (4 credits)
Objective:
- to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
- to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
- to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
- to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives,
meeting commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
- to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral
presentation.
Content
- In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an
institution, on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or
circumstantial issues.
- Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create
emulation and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LP CG622 METHODOLOGY OF REPORT WRITING AND ACADEMIC


INTERNSHIP (1 credits)

Page 294 of 323


Objective:
- to present current methodology for writing internship reports

- to familiarise students with the business world,


- to gain a first experience in the professional world
- to put the knowledge acquired into practice

- to learn to identify the company in-house issues


- to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth
running of the company
- to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the
presentation)
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
- Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
- Elements and structure of a report
- Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
- Preparation for the public presentation of a report
- Use of PowerPoint
- Preparation for public defence
Part of the course on Professional internship and defence
Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.
LPCG 63: Business environment 2 (6 credits)

LP CG631 HUMANS RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (2credits)


Objective

- to master the fundamentals of human resources management


- to master the sub-functions of HRM
- to master steering and decision-support tools in HRM

Content

Page 295 of 323


- Generalities on HRM: Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.
- HR sub-functions: Personnel administration (HR), recruitment, evaluation, training,
career management, remuneration (employee's record, salary components, wage
calculation, etc.), GPEC (jobs and skills forecast management).
- Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard
LP CG632 INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL ECONOMICAL
ENVIRONMENT OF ENTERPRISE (2credits)
Objectives:
- To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and
their influence on its activity;
Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)
LP CG633 ETHICS OF BUSINESS AND INTERPRISE GOVERNANCE
(2 credits)
Part I: Ethics of business
Objective
- Enable learners to master principles ensuring transactions loyalty and exchanges
development.
Content
- Loyalty in term of contract.
- Competitive loyalty.
- Duties and liability of company directors and registered auditors.
- Management control by partners.
- Prohibitions and forfeiture.

Page 296 of 323


Part II: Enterprise governance
Objective
- Following financial scandals that trouble the business world (ENRON, PARMALAT
etc...) and the prospect of DSX going into operation, this course aim at drawing the
attention on the necessity of putting in place an efficient system of surveillance and
activity control of company directors in order to protect the main interest of
stakeholders participating to the business life (employee, retired employee).
Content
- Enterprise governance: definition and origin.
- Founding research theories on enterprise governance.
- Major governing enterprise systems: main typology and debate on future.
- What is an efficient governing enterprise system?
- News on enterprise governance: study on some foreign countries examples.

LPCG 64: TRANSVERSAL COURSES 2 (4 CREDITS)


LP CG641 French communication and expression (2 credits)
General objectives:
 to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
 to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Topic 1: Communication
- General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
- Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
- Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group
dynamics, use of modern communication techniques.
- Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
- Definition
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
- Motivation letter

Page 297 of 323


- CV
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
- Debrief;
- Report (mission, activity, summary):
- Minutes;
- Memos;
- Communiqué
- Circular letter.
LP CG642 PROJECTS MANAGEMENT (2 credits)
COURSE OBJECTIVES

 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

V.2. SPECIALITY: ACCOUNTING, CONTROL AND


AUDITING
OBJECTIVES OF THE TRAINING
SKILLS SOUGHT:

The holder of this Bachelor’s degree can apply for the following positions:
- management auditor
- Reporting manager

Page 298 of 323


- Internal auditor
- Financial framework

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Upon application and after selection, the professional Bachelor’s Degree programme is
open to candidates who already hold an undergraduate degree (DEUG, DUT, BTS...).

ORGANISATION:

- This is a one-year training programme. It consists of both theoretical and practical


courses. Learning of methods and tools, on-the-job training including internships and
individual or group projects.
- The training is made up of 600 hours of teaching, 120 hours of tutored project and a
180-hour internship (3 months) in a company.
- The training takes the form of lectures, tutorials and practical work in limited
numbers.
- Courses are taught by university teachers and by experts from the professional world.

Page 299 of 323


COURSE CONTENT

Course programme: Bachelor (LP3) – accounting, control and auditing


Semester 5

Course subject hourly workload Nber of


Course title CE code CE title
code L Tuto P SPW Total credits
s
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCCA511 Methodology and practice of financial audit 30 10 - 5 45 3
LPCCA512 Internal control system 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCCA521 Complex accounting operations 30 10 - 5 30 3
LPCCA
LPCCA522 Special accounting 20 5 - 5 30 2
52 9 Accounting
credits practices LPCCA523 Introduction to consolidation accounting. 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCCA524 Business assessment 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCCA531 Basic principles and control management objectives 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCCA
53 6 Management LPCCA532
credits control Budget management 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCCA533 Budget control 20 5 - 5 30 2
Core courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCCA LPCCA 541 Statistics and management decisions 20 5 5 30 2
54 6 Business
LPCCA 542 Introduction to business strategy 20 5 5 30 2
credits environment 1
LPCCA 543 Business and general criminal law 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours

Page 300 of 323


LPCCA Transversal LPCCA 551 English Language 20 5 5 30 2
55 4 subjects 2
credits LPCGC 552 Business creation 20 5 5 30 2
TOTAL 300 80 70 450 30
Legend: LC: Lecture Courses; Tuto: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work
Semester 6
Course Workload
Course Nber of
Course title CE code CE title Tuto
code L P SPW Total credits
s
Professional courses (9 CE) 20 credits, 300 hours
LPCCA LPCCA611 System and tools of information management 15 - 10 5 30 2
Business
61 6 LPCCA612 Operational auditing 20 5 - 5 30 2
management
credits LPCCA613 Applied fiscal law 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCCA Professional LPCCA621 Tutored project 15 - - 45 60 4
62 14 practice LPCCA622 Report writing methodology and professional
credits 30 - 120 150 10
internship
Fundamental courses (3 CE) 6 credits, 90 hours
LPCCA 631 Human resources management 20 5 - 5 30 2
LPCCA
Business LPCCA 632 National and international business economic
63 20 5 - 5 30 2
environment 2 environment
(6 credits)
LPCCA 633 Business ethics and enterprise governance 20 5 - 5 30 2
Transversal courses (2 courses) 4 credits 60 hours
LPCCA LPCCA 641 French 20 5 5 30 2
Transversal
64 4 Projects management
subjects 2 LPCCA 642 20 5 5 30 2
credits
TOTAL 150 40 10 250 450 30
Legend: LC: Lecture Courses; Tuto: Tutorials; P: Practicals; SPW: Student’s Personal Work

Page 301 of 323


COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 5

LPCCA 51: AUDITING PRACTICE (5 CREDITS)


LP CCA511 METHODOLOGY AND PRATICE OF AUDITING (3
credits)
Part I: Auditing methodology
Objective
 Define auditing concepts, auditing mission and internal auditing
 Explain general characteristics of mission and establish auditing missions’ typology.
 Lay emphasis on skills of an auditor and guiding principles of his professional
conduct.
 Show that risk is inherent to environment and accomplishment of auditing mission.
Content
 Essential concepts and definition; characteristics and typology of auditing missions;
distinction between legal audit and contractual auditing; professional skills and
conducts of an auditor, acknowledgement of risk in setting up and leading of auditing
mission.
Objectives, issues and logic of accounting and financial audit approach.
Objective
 Understand the target objective through auditing mission.
 Show how risks inherent to auditing mission impact on his conduct and organisation;
materiality level or materiality concepts.
 Lay emphasis on constraint (professional standard, professional code of conduct...)
and rules to take into account.
 Organise and lead well the auditing mission.
Content
 Objective and significance of auditing mission; security of account reader: main issue
of auditing mission; principal stages and operating logic of financial and accounting
auditing; problem of mission auditing adequacy with quality of internal control of
organisation.
Control and leading of auditing mission control
Objective

302
 Show that auditing working cycle are organised around some criteria to be fulfilled in
order to produce accounting and financial information quality.
Content
 Basics criteria of controlled objectives, other criteria to be consider for auditing work
leading; organisation cycle and auditing work leading.
Part II: Auditing practice
AUDITING STANDARD AND ORIGIN OF NORMALISATION (ISA
STANDARD ENACTED BY IFAC)
 APPROACH TO FINANCIAL AUDIT THROUGH RISK

 Inherent risk
 Risk of control
 Audit detection risk
 Materiality level

 REALIZATION OF FINANCIAL AUDIT MISSION

 Planning of the mission


 Internal control management
 Audit of financial statement proper (presentation of auditing techniques, auditing
assertion and establishment.
 Audit report.
 AUDITOR LIABILITY
PRACTICAL AND MATERIAL ASPECTS OF AUDITING
APPROACH
Objective
 Explain how quality plays a part in organisation, schedule and execution of auditing
tasks.
 Show how auditing work is documented organised and schedule.
 Show arguments, parts, documents and other material used to execute auditing work.
Content
 Schedule of audit work; significant follow-up; operating sequence and general set-up
establishment; audit quality organisation and organisation of a working cycle; auditor
working paper (work sheet, audit working papers, audit permanent file, audit annual
file...).

303
LP CCA512: INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM (2 Credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students, tools and methods enabling the
mastering of internal control systems that exist within an enterprise.
Content
Internal control definition.
Difference between internal control and auditing.
Internal control approach.
- COSO model: from COSO 1992 to COSO 2013.
- A brief overview of COCO model and CADBURY model.
How to establish a relevant internal control system.
For instance internal control process: buy-supplier cycle.

LPCCA 52: ACCOUNTANT PRACTICE (9 CREDITS)


LP CCA521 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING OPERATIONS (3 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students tools and approach methods that enable
them to process enterprise complex operation.
Content
Part1: Introduction: review on OHADA conceptual framework
Origin of accounting law;
Law and OHADA accounting plan;
Faithful image and accounting principle;
SYSCOHADA model;
Accounting obligation from legal (corporate law, commercial law, fiscal law...)
Part 2: Active and passive assessment to entry, inventory and exit.
Intangible (development and research expense, acquisition and production of
software), tangible (PLOT, CONSTRUCTION, MATERIAL INCLUDING
ANNUITY, LIFE ANNUITY AND CAPITAL LEASE ARRANGEMENT), financial
assets (equity security, loan including foreign currency loan);
Stock valuation (acquisition/production, inventory work, currency stock);
Foreign currency receivable including global exchange position, exchange hedging
rate.
Yielding up trade receivables

304
Cash active assessment (investment, cash assets including foreign exchange
availability security)
Public aid and subsidy
Loans including foreign currency borrowing
Foreign currency debt including global exchange position, exchange hedging rate.
Balance-sheet reassessment
Part 3: Practical cases
LP CCA522 SPECIAL ACCOUNTING (2 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students organisation tools and method and
bookkeeping in particular sectors (bank, MFI (microfinance institution), insurance and
farming).
Content
General introduction
V. Bank accounting and microfinance
Regulation framework
Operation with clientele: depositing, withdrawal, credit.
Financial statement presentation: balance-sheet, income statement.
VI. Insurance companies accounting
Regulation framework.
Accounting of current insurance operation:
Case of companies without intermediaries; tax, premiums issuing and incidental
premiums; cancelling of premiums.
Case of companies with intermediaries; issuing and cancelling of premiums
(accountant and insurance broker).
Loss and recourse operations.
VII. Accounting of reinsurance and coinsurance operations.
VIII. Farm accounting
IX. Industry farming specificity
X. Consequence in terms financial statements
XI. Consequence in terms chart of accounts
NB: See OHADA Uniform Act revised and practical guide

305
LP CCA523 INTRODUCTION TO CONSOLIDATION ACCOUNTING (2
credits)
Objective
Familiarise the university learner with consolidation accounting legal framework and
methods.
Content
Course syllabus
CONSOLIDATION ACCOUNTING LEGAL FRAMEWORK
Definition
Group concept
Obligation and consolidation exemptions
Consolidation obligation
Sanctions
Reporting dates
Consolidation exemptions
Measure of enterprise control and enable consolidation
- Control percentage
- Interest percentage
- Type of control
- Variation of consolidation area

CONSOLIDATION METHODS
Full consolidation method
Scope
Process of consolidation
Consolidated balance-sheet
Structure of the consolidated income statement
Professional integration method
- Scope
- Process of consolidation
- Method specificity
- Consolidated balance-sheet
- Structure of the consolidated income statement

306
Method of equivalence
Scope
Process of consolidation
Consolidated balance-sheet
Structure of the consolidated income statement

SPECIFIC CASE: DIRECT CONSOLIDATION AND INDIRECT CONSOLIDATION


Direct consolidation
Indirect or tiered consolidation
Complex cases (limit to the case of three companies and all the three
consolidated according to full consolidated method) NB: rule-out any fiscal
incidence.
Processing of practical case related to each the consolidation method
LP CCA524 BUSINESS ASSESSMENT (2 credits)
Objective:
Put at the disposal of university students tools and methods enabling a business assessment.
Content
- Generalities on business assessment (evoke the method based on options
without carrying out a study within the framework of this teaching).
- Assessment methods based on patrimony (NAAP, NAV, just value).
- Assessment methods based on flow (Investment assessment from expected
dividend, investment assessment from expected benefit, flow, net cash).
- Assessment methods combining patrimony and profitability (practitioner
method, annuity method of calculating Goodwill, specific modalities of
profitability application of Goodwill annuity (goodwill calculated from VSB
(gross substantial value), goodwill calculated from CPNE (permanent capital
needed for operation) at once.
- Methods based on comparisons (analogical method)
- Practical cases

LPCCA 53: MANAGEMENT CONTROL AND REPORTING (6 CREDITS)


LP CCA531 BASICS PRINCIPLES AND OBJECTIVE OF
MANAGEMENT CONTROL (2 credits)
Objective
 Understand what are management control and show rules and principles that govern it.

307
 Management control approaches.
 Role of management control in a company and it joining to a head office.
 Anchoring strategy - management control.
 Role of management auditor within an enterprise.
 Management control context.
 Management control and other forms of control.
 Utility of information system for management control.

 Bring out a clear and concise answer to the following question: why should we control
enterprise management?
 Show how management control has a double voluntary and incentive dimension.
Content
Foundation History - evolution - definition - dimensions - basics theory
Management control fundamental principles: management structure principles.
Objectives of management control: great missions - objectives - tools
Implementation plan of action and coherence of management control system.

LP CCA 532: BUDGET MANAGEMENT (2 credits)


Objective
 Explain why management control is a process.
 Show that management control is a subject and a management action consisting in a
cycle operation aiming an accurate result: assessment of enterprise performance.
 Budgets elaboration.
Content
Management control process (various stages of budget process).
Establishment of budgets (sale, supply, investment and treasury).
Forecast income statement.
Forecast balance-sheet.
Performance management through management control
Practical cases

LP CCA533 BUDGET CONTROL AND REPORTING (2 credits)


Objective
 Show that there can’t be management control without plan of action, neither results
objectives.

308
 Show that budgeting is a main instrument in the process of control planning.
 Show how and with which tools, enterprise performance is run.
Content
 Value variance calculation.
 Calculation of commercial activity variance.
 Calculation of evolution and mastering of payroll expenditure variance.
 Excess of total productivity.
 Establishment of implementation of indicators.
 Internal transfer price.
 Reporting.
 Practical cases
LPCCA 54: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 1 (6 CREDITS)
LP CG541 STATISTICS AND MANAGEMENT DECISIONS (2 credits)
Objective:
Familiarise learners to forecasting techniques. Specifically, university student should be able
to:
- master adjustment techniques
- calculate seasoned index
- being able to establish a management indicator.

Content
- Forecasting techniques: Time series (components, composition model, estimation
trend, estimation seasoned index, smoothing techniques, moving average, etc.)
- Decision-support tool (certain future, random future and uncertain future)
- Management indicators: definition and conception principle, dashboard indicator,
update or actualisation, indicator role, indicator as enterprise management tools.

LP CCA542: INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STRATEGY (2 credits)


Objective: acquaint university students to concept and issues of enterprise strategy in a
multicultural and competitive environment.
Content
I/GENERAL INTRODUCTION
- Concept of enterprise strategy
- Reconciliation with military strategy

309
II/STRATEGIC APPROACH
- Strategic process
- Corporate objective

III/STRATEGIC DIAGNOSTIC
- Segmentation strategy
- Internal diagnostic/ external diagnostic
- Summary of diagnostic
IV/STRATEGY ESTABLISHMENT
- Adaptation of strategy to competitive situation
- Establishment difficulty
V/ PRACTICAL CASE (learn to university student to design and construct matrix)
LP CG543 GENERAL CRIMINAL LAW AND BUSINESS LAW (2
credits)

Objective: Have a master of various offences and various sanctions applicable in order to
know about and moralise the enterprise environment.
Content:
 Applicable regime to common law (civil law) offences.
- Misappropriations.
- Offence on cheques, bank cards.
- Insider trading.
- Theft, breach of trust, fraud

 Specific offence to business law (offences related to incorporate, functioning and


dissolution of partnership).
B. Sanctions of offences related to business law.

LPCCA 55: COMPLEMENTARY SUBJECTS 1 (4 CREDITS)


LP CCA551: BUSINESS ENGLISH SYLLABUS FOR THE COMMERCIAL AND
TECHNICAL BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMMES (2 credits)
The emphasis on English Language is enormously increasing as effective medium of
communication in all sectors the world over. As result of this, the acquisition of effective

310
communication skills in English has become most important to students so as to flourish in
their careers. In connection with this;
- There is a need to train and equip students with the necessary skills required for
effective communication in English both within and out of an enterprise,
- They should be able to use the basic skills necessary for effective communication in
an enterprise and;
- Should also be able to negotiate with clients both nationally and internationally in
English. To meet these objectives, the following syllabus has been designed:
WEEK TOPIC VOCABULARY Functions Time
Areas/Structure/Pronunciation
13. Company - Job titles - Describing your 4 Hrs
Structure - Departments job/Company
- Revision of Tenses - Drawing an
- Some Translation Techniques organisational
and Practical exercises. chart
- Reading
Comprehension
passages based
on the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on
its vocabulary.
14. Telephoning - Phrases for telephoning - Request 4 Hrs
- Expressing Polite Request - Offers
(may I use your pen please? - Complaints
Etc.) - Making
arrangements
- Listening
Comprehension
passages based
on the speciality
concerned and
emphasizing on
its vocabulary
15. Employment - Lexis of working conditions - Writing CVs 4 Hrs
and (perks, benefits, holidays, and Application
Job salary, income, promotions Letters
Applications etc.) - Job interview
- Comparing Adjectives - How to write an
- Lexis describing character: abstract
hard work, team player, self-
starter etc.
- Translation: Some commercial
extract from English to French
and vice versa

311
4 E- business/The - IT Vocabulary - Writing e-mails 4
Internet - Prefixes and their meanings: - Describing a
over, under, un, dis, mis, il, ir, business
etc. transaction.
- Writing: Describing a process. E.g.: Auction
- Phrases for meetings (minutes, sale.
secretary, chairperson, agenda, - Stating aims.
etc.) - Agreeing and
- Translating a process or a disagreeing
description
5 Negotiations - Conditionals Typical functions of 4 Hrs
- Requests, offers negotiation
- Typical phrases: starting, (request, offers,
making offers, refusing, refusals,
accepting, asking for acceptance, etc.)
clarification, bargaining -Writing a Speech
- Grammar: Reported Speech -Self-Introduction
-Introducing Others
- Interviewing

6 Writing Essays - Types -Writing an essay 4 Hrs


of essays-
and Describing after a job interview
argumentative, descriptive,
Photos -Describing Graphs,
narrative, picture essays, etc.
- Translationtables, etc.
of some
-Writing
Commercial Extracts.
argumentative
essays, emphasizing
on paragraphing
and linking words.
7 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PLUS CORRECTION 4 Hrs

N.B: Each lecturer is supposed to adapt the specific vocabulary pertaining to the
speciality concerned.
LP CCA552 ENTREPRISE CREATION (2credits)

Objectives: Introduce learners to the identification of opportunities and the process of


business creation.
By the end of this training, the student will be able to:

 identify the sources of ideas for business creation


 identify the entrepreneurial characteristics that are vital for the success of a project
 present the steps of business creation
 Present stages required to develop a business plan
Course content:

312
To meet these objectives, the following points have to be discussed:

 Notion of enterprise (conceptual approach and classification)


 Attributes of an entrepreneur (knowledge of the entrepreneurial profile, motivations,
typology)
 Notion of entrepreneurship (Overview, characteristics and vision)
 Entrepreneurship approach (achievable and causal approach)
 Business ethics in the creation of a company
 Techniques to seek funding
 Legal and administrative formalities for business creation.
 Commercial, technical, financial and profitability analysis (Calculating financial and
economic profitability criteria, drawing up of various financial tables using EXCEL)
 Elaboration of a business plan (focus on the practical aspect of setting up a business
plan; if possible get the students into groups to make a presentation on business plan
models).
COURSE CONTENT
SEMESTER 6

LPCCA 61: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (6 CREDITS)


LP CCA611 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT TOOLS AND SYSTEM (2
credits)
Objective
- Discover a specific culture and filter into the approach of using main useful software
in management control and auditing.
- ERP concept and its impact accounting and financial auditing.
Content
- Master the conception approach of databases (DB).
- Study standard models of data.
- Master the handling of DB through database management system (DBMS)
- conceive, draw and manage data model scheme from a computer system,
- Relational database.
- Basics concept on files.

313
- Files organisation.
- Files processing.
- Data Base architecture.
- Data Base design.
- Excel spread sheet.
- Varieties of information systems and software range. Various approach, research and
selection, implementation and control. Decision-making software.
- Define ERP.
- Discover ERP world.
- What is system integration?
- Characteristics of integration.
- ERP weak points.
- For which purpose was ERP created.
- What are the reasons behind the current success of ERP?
- How to choose? On which criteria?
- Varieties of different accounting information system module and their exploitation in
the domain of financial and accounting auditing.
- Current challenge of establishing software package.
- Issues of such management system in financial and accounting auditing.
LP CCA612: OPERATIONAL AUDITING (2 credits)
Objective: Put at the disposal of university students tools and methods enabling assessment
and control of operational function of enterprise (purchasing, production, distribution).
Content
I- Introduction
 Recall on auditing.
 Definition of operational auditing.
 Scopes.
 Neighbouring concepts.
II- Objectives of operational auditing
 Objectives identification.
 Risks analysis.

314
III- Approach of operational auditing mission
 Preparation
 Flow
 Conclusion
IV-Example of operational auditing of account-finance service
 Organisation and functioning assessment of service.
 Service employee assessment.
 Summary of observations and recommendations.
 Enterprise main functions (buy-supplier, sales-customer, human resources, treasury)
operational auditing procedure.
 Auditing of various enterprise operations (purchasing, production, distribution).
LP CCA613: APPLIED FISCAL LAW (2 credits)
Objectives:
- Present various types of tax related to enterprise activity and their various
calculations modes.
- Provide understanding on the link between tax system and fiscal tax audit.
- Enable mastery of typology and course of tax audit provided by the law.
- Provide understanding to tax adjustment main procedures.
- Show the link between tax adjustment and tax litigation procedure.
Content
12) General introduction on tax generalities (type of tax, assessment, collection and tax
liquidation) & Cameroon tax administration (organisation and functioning).
13) Review on tax, on activities, expenditure tax, income tax, tax on capital.
14) Right to control (control over parts, on-site check, surprise count).
15) Right to information (necessity of right to information, consequences of right to
information.
16) Right to investigate (field of right to investigate, consequences of right to investigate).
17) Tax dispute (dispute claim before tax authority and before courts).
NB: Integrate case study.

LPCCA 62: Professional practice (14 credits)


LP CCA621: TUTORE PROJECT (4 credits)
Objective:

315
- to put the knowledge acquired during the training into practice
- to learn to work as a teams, develop initiative taking skills
- to familiarise students with the concept of entrepreneurship
- to learn how to use project management and design methods (defining objectives,
meeting commitments in terms of functionality and deadlines)
- to know how to present their work in the form of a written report and an oral
presentation.
Content
- In the course of the training, students will be able to carry out one or more projects
(professional or business creation), if possible in partnership with a company or an
institution, on a theme related to the speciality or responding to economic or
circumstantial issues.
- Ideally, these projects should be presented publicly and exhibited in order to create
emulation and highlight the students' knowledge and know-how.

LP CCA622: REPORT WRITING METHODOLOGY AND


PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP (10 credits)

Objective:
- to present current methodology for writing internship reports

- to familiarise students with the business world,


- To gain a first experience in the professional world
- To put acquired knowledge into practice

- To learn to identify the company in-house issues


- to learn to identify and develop solutions to problems that may affect the smooth
running of the company
- to exercise drafting skills (vocabulary, spelling, sound expression, clarity in the
presentation)
Part of the course on Methodology for writing internship reports
Content:
- Introduction to the methodology for writing reports
- Elements and structure of a report

316
- Presentation of the current methodology for writing internship reports
- Preparation for the public presentation of a report
- Use of PowerPoint
- Preparation for public defence
Professional internship and presentation
Content:
The internship allows the student to discover the milieu and environment of his future
profession and gives rise to the writing of a dissertation that will be defended orally before a
jury. The dissertation is an academic production that helps assess the candidate's ability to
carry out a reflection or research on a theme related to the field of study/profession.
LPCCA 63: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 2 (6 CREDITS)

LP CCA631: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (2 Credits)


Objective

- to master the fundamentals of human resources management


- to master the sub-functions of HRM
- to master steering and decision-support tools in HRM

Content
- Generalities on HRM: Definitions, objectives, roles, etc.
- HR sub-functions: Personnel administration (HR), recruitment, evaluation, training,
career management, remuneration (employee's record, salary components, wage
calculation, etc.), GPEC (jobs and skills forecast management).
- Human resource management tools: Social audit, social balance sheet, social scorecard
LP CCA632 INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL ECONOMICAL
ENVIRONMENT OF ENTERPRISE (2credits)
Objectives:
- To study the components of the national and international environment of the company and
their influence on its activity;
Content:
- Overview about the company (conceptual approach, classification and typology, the notion of
corporate culture, corporate identity, corporate image)

- National and international components of the business environment (approaches; PESTEL,


macro-micro-meso environment, etc.).

317
- Interaction between the complementary relationship and its environment (competitive
relationship, complementary relationship, etc.)
- Corporate social responsibility, externalities.
- Internationalisation of the company's activity (internationalisation factors, internalisation
process, stakes of the multinationalisation of companies)
LP CCA633: ETHICS OF BUSINESS AND INTERPRISE
GOVERNANCE (2 credits)
Part I: Ethics of business
Objective
- Enable learners to master principles ensuring transactions loyalty and exchanges
development.
Content
- Loyalty in term of contract.
- Competitive loyalty.
- Duties and liability of company directors and registered auditors.
- Management control by partners.
- Prohibitions and forfeiture.
Part II: Enterprise governance
Objective
- Following financial scandals that trouble the business world (ENRON, PARMALAT
etc...) and the prospect of DSX going into operation, this course aim at drawing the
attention on the necessity of putting in place an efficient system of surveillance and
activity control of company directors in order to protect the main interest of
stakeholders participating to the business life (employee, retired employee).
Content
- Enterprise governance: definition and origin.
- Founding research theories on enterprise governance.
- Major governing enterprise systems: main typology and debate on future.
- What is an efficient governing enterprise system?
- News on enterprise governance: study on some foreign countries examples.

LPCCA 64: COMPLEMENTARY COURSES (4 CREDITS)


LP CCA641: French communication and expression (2 credits)

318
General objectives:
 to understand how companies operate and be able to communicate.
 to familiarise students with professional communication theories.
Topic 1: Communication
- General issues about communication: definition, type, theories, etc.
- Corporate communication: internal, external, institutional, business, etc.
- Conduct of meetings: preparation, conduct, follow-up, facilitation and group
dynamics, use of modern communication techniques.
- Leadership: Characteristics, conflict management, crisis communication, etc.
Topic 2: Administrative language
-What is administrative language?
- Aims
- Features
- Style
- Administrative letter.
Topic 3: Professional integration
-Motivation letter;
- The curriculum vitae;
- Job interview.
Topic 4: Professional writing
- Debrief;
- Report (mission, activity, summary):
- Minutes;
- Memos;
- Communiqué
- Circular letter.
LP CCA642 PROJECTS MANAGEMENT (2 credits)
COURSE OBJECTIVES

 To enable learners to become familiar with the project environment and to organise
themselves accordingly, to know the main techniques for designing and managing a
project.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT COURSE CONTENT

319
Overview about projects (concept and types of projects, specificities of a project, project
specifications, profile of a project manager, aims of a project, etc.), characteristic elements of
projects (the actors in a project, the notion of stakeholder and project life cycle), management
of constraints related to the project (management of deadlines, costs, quality and information).
Project management and monitoring (implementation) project management stages, project
risks, risk identification and management tools, project monitoring tools. Programming and
operational planning (MS PROJECT): concept of planning, project structuring, planning tools
and techniques (GANTT, PERT), computer-assisted project planning (relevance of computer
as a support tool, use of project management software for planning, e.g. practical application
with MS Project or other freeware).

320

You might also like